Date: prev next · Thread: first prev next last
2011 Archives by date, by thread · List index


Part 2
/Albert
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.cxx
index f2c9d1b..fb5c539 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.cxx
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@
 #include <svl/svdde.hxx>
 #include <sot/formats.hxx>
 
-#define DDELINK_COLD           0
-#define DDELINK_HOT            1
+#define DDELINK_COLD            0
+#define DDELINK_HOT             1
 
-#define DDELINK_ERROR_APP      1
-#define DDELINK_ERROR_DATA     2
-#define DDELINK_ERROR_LINK     3
+#define DDELINK_ERROR_APP       1
+#define DDELINK_ERROR_DATA      2
+#define DDELINK_ERROR_LINK      3
 
 using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::GetData( ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rData /*out param*/,
     if( !pConnection )
         return FALSE;
 
-    if( pConnection->GetError() )              // dann versuchen wir es nochmal
+    if( pConnection->GetError() )  // then we try once more
     {
         String sServer( pConnection->GetServiceName() );
         String sTopic( pConnection->GetTopicName() );
@@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::GetData( ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rData /*out param*/,
             nError = DDELINK_ERROR_APP;
     }
 
-    if( bWaitForData )         // wir sind rekursiv drin, wieder raus
+    if( bWaitForData ) // we are in an rekursive loop, get out again
         return FALSE;
 
-    // Verriegeln gegen Reentrance
+    // Lock against Reentrance
     bWaitForData = TRUE;
 
-    // falls gedruckt werden soll, warten wir bis die Daten vorhanden sind
+    // if you want to print, we'll wait until the data is available
     if( bSynchron )
     {
         DdeRequest aReq( *pConnection, sItem, 5000 );
@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::GetData( ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rData /*out param*/,
     }
     else
     {
-        // ansonsten wird es asynchron ausgefuehrt
-//             if( !pLink || !pLink->IsBusy() )
+        // otherwise it will be executed asynchronously
+//              if( !pLink || !pLink->IsBusy() )
         {
             if( pRequest )
                 delete pRequest;
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::Connect( SvBaseLink * pSvLink )
     static BOOL bInWinExec = FALSE;
 #endif
     USHORT nLinkType = pSvLink->GetUpdateMode();
-    if( pConnection )          // Verbindung steht ja schon
+    if( pConnection )           // Connection is already made
     {
-        // tja, dann nur noch als Abhaengig eintragen
+        // well, then just add it as dependent
         AddDataAdvise( pSvLink,
                 SotExchange::GetFormatMimeType( pSvLink->GetContentType()),
                 LINKUPDATE_ONCALL == nLinkType
@@ -243,6 +243,8 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::Connect( SvBaseLink * pSvLink )
     {
         // kann man denn das System-Topic ansprechen ?
         // dann ist der Server oben, kennt nur nicht das Topic!
+       // Is it possible to address the system-Topic?
+       // then the server is up, it just does not know the topic!
         if( sTopic.EqualsIgnoreCaseAscii( "SYSTEM" ) )
         {
             BOOL bSysTopic;
@@ -256,12 +258,12 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::Connect( SvBaseLink * pSvLink )
                 nError = DDELINK_ERROR_DATA;
                 return FALSE;
             }
-            // ansonsten unter Win/WinNT die Applikation direkt starten
+            // otherwise in  Win/WinNT, start the Application directly
         }
 
 #if defined(WIN) || defined(WNT)
 
-        // Server nicht da, starten und nochmal versuchen
+        // Server not up, try once more to start it.
         if( !bInWinExec )
         {
             ByteString aCmdLine( sServer, RTL_TEXTENCODING_ASCII_US );
@@ -292,7 +294,7 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::Connect( SvBaseLink * pSvLink )
             }
         }
         else
-#endif // WIN / WNT
+#endif  // WIN / WNT
         {
             nError = DDELINK_ERROR_APP;
         }
@@ -300,7 +302,7 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::Connect( SvBaseLink * pSvLink )
 
     if( LINKUPDATE_ALWAYS == nLinkType && !pLink && !pConnection->GetError() )
     {
-        // Hot Link einrichten, Daten kommen irgendwann spaeter
+        // Setting up Hot Link, Data will be available at some point later on
         pLink = new DdeHotLink( *pConnection, sItem );
         pLink->SetDataHdl( LINK( this, SvDDEObject, ImplGetDDEData ) );
         pLink->SetDoneHdl( LINK( this, SvDDEObject, ImplDoneDDEData ) );
@@ -353,22 +355,22 @@ BOOL SvDDEObject::ImplHasOtherFormat( DdeTransaction& rReq )
         nFmt = FORMAT_GDIMETAFILE;
         break;
 
-    // sonst noch irgendwas ??
+    // something else?
     }
     if( nFmt )
-        rReq.SetFormat( nFmt );                // damit nochmal versuchen
+        rReq.SetFormat( nFmt );         // try it once more
     return 0 != nFmt;
 }
 
 BOOL SvDDEObject::IsPending() const
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Die Methode stellt fest, ob aus einem DDE-Object die Daten gelesen
-    werden kann.
-    Zurueckgegeben wird:
-        ERRCODE_NONE                   wenn sie komplett gelesen wurde
-        ERRCODE_SO_PENDING             wenn sie noch nicht komplett gelesen wurde
-        ERRCODE_SO_FALSE               sonst
+/*  [Description]
+
+    The method determines whether the data-object can be read from a DDE.
+
+    Returned is the following:
+        ERRCODE_NONE                    if it has been completely read
+        ERRCODE_SO_PENDING              if it has not been completely read
+        ERRCODE_SO_FALSE                otherwise 
 */
 {
     return bWaitForData;
@@ -398,8 +400,8 @@ IMPL_LINK( SvDDEObject, ImplGetDDEData, DdeData*, pData )
             Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq( (const sal_Int8*)p, nLen );
             if( pGetData )
             {
-                *pGetData <<= aSeq;    // Daten kopieren
-                pGetData = 0;                  // und den Pointer bei mir zuruecksetzen
+                *pGetData <<= aSeq;  // Copy Data 
+                pGetData = 0;        // reset the pointer here
             }
             else
             {
@@ -422,9 +424,9 @@ IMPL_LINK( SvDDEObject, ImplDoneDDEData, void*, pData )
     {
         DdeTransaction* pReq = 0;
         if( !pLink || ( pLink && pLink->IsBusy() ))
-            pReq = pRequest;           // dann kann nur der fertig sein
+            pReq = pRequest;  // only the one that is ready
         else if( pRequest && pRequest->IsBusy() )
-            pReq = pLink;                      // dann kann nur der fertig sein
+            pReq = pLink;  // only the one that is ready
 
         if( pReq )
         {
@@ -434,13 +436,12 @@ IMPL_LINK( SvDDEObject, ImplDoneDDEData, void*, pData )
             }
             else if( pReq == pRequest )
             {
-                // das wars dann
                 bWaitForData = FALSE;
             }
         }
     }
     else
-        // das warten ist beendet
+        // End waiting
         bWaitForData = FALSE;
 
     return 0;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.hxx b/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.hxx
index ca7c3ad..2603504 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.hxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/impldde.hxx
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ class SvDDEObject : public SvLinkSource
     DdeRequest* pRequest;
     ::com::sun::star::uno::Any * pGetData;
 
-    BYTE bWaitForData : 1;                                     // wird auf Daten gewartet?
-    BYTE nError                : 7;                                    // Error Code fuer den 
Dialog
+    BYTE bWaitForData : 1;  // waiting for data?
+    BYTE nError       : 7;  // Error code for dialogue
 
 
     BOOL ImplHasOtherFormat( DdeTransaction& );
@@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ protected:
 public:
     SvDDEObject();
 
-    virtual BOOL       GetData( ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rData /*out param*/,
+    virtual BOOL        GetData( ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rData /*out param*/,
                                 const String & aMimeType,
                                 BOOL bSynchron = FALSE );
 
-    virtual BOOL       Connect( SvBaseLink * );
+    virtual BOOL        Connect( SvBaseLink * );
     virtual void    Edit( Window* pParent, sfx2::SvBaseLink* pBaseLink, const Link& rEndEditHdl );
 
-    virtual BOOL       IsPending() const;
-    virtual BOOL       IsDataComplete() const;
+    virtual BOOL        IsPending() const;
+    virtual BOOL        IsDataComplete() const;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/linkmgr2.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/linkmgr2.cxx
index 8cc84ae..8868ca7 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/linkmgr2.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/linkmgr2.cxx
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ void LinkManager::CloseCachedComps()
 /************************************************************************
 |*    LinkManager::Remove()
 |*
-|*    Beschreibung
+|*    Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void LinkManager::Remove( SvBaseLink *pLink )
 {
-    // keine Links doppelt einfuegen
+    // No duplicate links inserted
     int bFound = FALSE;
     SvBaseLinkRef** ppRef = (SvBaseLinkRef**)aLinkTbl.GetData();
     for( USHORT n = aLinkTbl.Count(); n; --n, ++ppRef )
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ void LinkManager::Remove( SvBaseLink *pLink )
             bFound = TRUE;
         }
 
-        // falls noch leere rum stehen sollten, weg damit
+        // Remove emty ones if they exist
         if( !(*ppRef)->Is() )
         {
             delete *ppRef;
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ void LinkManager::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nCnt )
 
 BOOL LinkManager::Insert( SvBaseLink* pLink )
 {
-    // keine Links doppelt einfuegen
+  // No duplicate links inserted
     for( USHORT n = 0; n < aLinkTbl.Count(); ++n )
     {
         SvBaseLinkRef* pTmp = aLinkTbl[ n ];
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ BOOL LinkManager::InsertLink( SvBaseLink * pLink,
                                 USHORT nUpdateMode,
                                 const String* pName )
 {
-    // unbedingt zuerst
+    // This First
     pLink->SetObjType( nObjType );
     if( pName )
         pLink->SetName( *pName );
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ BOOL LinkManager::InsertDDELink( SvBaseLink * pLink )
 }
 
 
-// erfrage die Strings fuer den Dialog
+// Obtain the string for the dialog
 BOOL LinkManager::GetDisplayNames( const SvBaseLink * pLink,
                                         String* pType,
                                         String* pFile,
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ void LinkManager::UpdateAllLinks(
     SvStringsDtor aApps, aTopics, aItems;
     String sApp, sTopic, sItem;
 
-    // erstmal eine Kopie vom Array machen, damit sich updatende Links in
-    // Links in ... nicht dazwischen funken!!
+    // First make a copy of the array in order to update links 
+    // links in ... no contact between them!
     SvPtrarr aTmpArr( 255, 50 );
     USHORT n;
     for( n = 0; n < aLinkTbl.Count(); ++n )
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void LinkManager::UpdateAllLinks(
     {
         SvBaseLink* pLink = (SvBaseLink*)aTmpArr[ n ];
 
-        // suche erstmal im Array nach dem Eintrag
+        // search first in the array after the entry
         USHORT nFndPos = USHRT_MAX;
         for( USHORT i = 0; i < aLinkTbl.Count(); ++i )
             if( pLink == *aLinkTbl[ i ] )
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ void LinkManager::UpdateAllLinks(
             }
 
         if( USHRT_MAX == nFndPos )
-            continue;                                  // war noch nicht vorhanden!
+            continue;  // was not available!
 
-        // Graphic-Links noch nicht updaten
+        // Graphic-Links not to update jet
         if( !pLink->IsVisible() ||
             ( !bUpdateGrfLinks && OBJECT_CLIENT_GRF == pLink->GetObjType() ))
             continue;
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ void LinkManager::UpdateAllLinks(
         {
             int nRet = QueryBox( pParentWin, WB_YES_NO | WB_DEF_YES, SfxResId( 
STR_QUERY_UPDATE_LINKS ) ).Execute();
             if( RET_YES != nRet )
-                return ;               // es soll nichts geupdatet werden
-            bAskUpdate = FALSE;                // einmal reicht
+                return ;         // nothing should be updated
+            bAskUpdate = FALSE;  // once is enough
         }
 
         pLink->Update();
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ void LinkManager::UpdateAllLinks(
 /************************************************************************
 |*    SvBaseLink::CreateObject()
 |*
-|*    Beschreibung
+|*    Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 SvLinkSourceRef LinkManager::CreateObj( SvBaseLink * pLink )
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ SvLinkSourceRef LinkManager::CreateObj( SvBaseLink * pLink )
 
 BOOL LinkManager::InsertServer( SvLinkSource* pObj )
 {
-    // keine doppelt einfuegen
+    // no duplicate inserts
     if( !pObj || USHRT_MAX != aServerTbl.GetPos( pObj ) )
         return FALSE;
 
@@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ BOOL LinkManager::InsertFileLink( sfx2::SvBaseLink& rLink )
     return FALSE;
 }
 
-// eine Uebertragung wird abgebrochen, also alle DownloadMedien canceln
-// (ist zur Zeit nur fuer die FileLinks interressant!)
+// A transfer is aborted, so cancel all download media 
+// (for now this is only of interest for the file links!)
 void LinkManager::CancelTransfers()
 {
     SvFileObject* pFileObj;
@@ -505,27 +505,26 @@ void LinkManager::CancelTransfers()
         if( 0 != ( pLnk = &(*rLnks[ --n ])) &&
             OBJECT_CLIENT_FILE == (OBJECT_CLIENT_FILE & pLnk->GetObjType()) &&
             0 != ( pFileObj = (SvFileObject*)pLnk->GetObj() ) )
-//                     0 != ( pFileObj = (SvFileObject*)SvFileObject::ClassFactory()->
-//                                                                     CastAndAddRef( 
pLnk->GetObj() )) )
+//                      0 != ( pFileObj = (SvFileObject*)SvFileObject::ClassFactory()->
+//                                                                      CastAndAddRef( 
pLnk->GetObj() )) )
             pFileObj->CancelTransfers();
 }
-
-    // um Status Informationen aus dem FileObject an den BaseLink zu
-    // senden, gibt es eine eigene ClipBoardId. Das SvData-Object hat
-    // dann die entsprechenden Informationen als String.
-    // Wird zur Zeit fuer FileObject in Verbindung mit JavaScript benoetigt
-    // - das braucht Informationen ueber Load/Abort/Error
+    // For the purpose of sending Status information from the file object to 
+    // the base link, there exist a dedicated ClipBoardId. The SvData-object 
+    // gets the appropriate information as a string  
+    // For now this is required for file object in conjunction with JavaScript
+    // - needs information about Load/Abort/Error
 ULONG LinkManager::RegisterStatusInfoId()
 {
     static ULONG nFormat = 0;
 
     if( !nFormat )
     {
-// wie sieht die neue Schnittstelle aus?
-//             nFormat = Exchange::RegisterFormatName( "StatusInfo vom SvxInternalLink" );
+// what is the new interface?
+//              nFormat = Exchange::RegisterFormatName( "StatusInfo vom SvxInternalLink" );
         nFormat = SotExchange::RegisterFormatName(
                     String::CreateFromAscii( RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(
-                                "StatusInfo vom SvxInternalLink" )));
+                                "StatusInfo from SvxInternalLink" )));
     }
     return nFormat;
 }
@@ -594,9 +593,8 @@ BOOL SvxInternalLink::Connect( sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLink )
     LinkManager* pLinkMgr = pLink->GetLinkManager();
     if (pLinkMgr && pLinkMgr->GetDisplayNames(pLink, 0, &sTopic, &sItem) && sTopic.Len())
     {
-        // erstmal nur ueber die DocumentShells laufen und die mit dem
-        // Namen heraussuchen:
-
+        // first only loop over the DocumentShells the shells and find those 
+        // with the name:
         com::sun::star::lang::Locale aLocale;
         MsLangId::convertLanguageToLocale( LANGUAGE_SYSTEM, aLocale );
         CharClass aCC( aLocale );
@@ -635,7 +633,7 @@ BOOL SvxInternalLink::Connect( sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLink )
 
 
             aCC.toLower( sTmp );
-            if( sTmp == sNmURL )               // die wollen wir haben
+            if( sTmp == sNmURL )  // we want these
             {
                 pFndShell = pShell;
                 break;
@@ -675,7 +673,7 @@ BOOL SvxInternalLink::Connect( sfx2::SvBaseLink* pLink )
     }
     else
     {
-        // dann versuche die Datei zu laden:
+        // then try to download the file:
         INetURLObject aURL( sTopic );
         INetProtocol eOld = aURL.GetProtocol();
         aURL.SetURL( sTopic = lcl_DDE_RelToAbs( sTopic, sReferer ) );
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/linksrc.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/linksrc.cxx
index dddd468..f0bb951 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/linksrc.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/linksrc.cxx
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ SvLinkSourceTimer::SvLinkSourceTimer( SvLinkSource * pOwn )
 
 void SvLinkSourceTimer::Timeout()
 {
-    // sicher gegen zerstoeren im Handler
+    // Secure against beeing destroyed in Handler
     SvLinkSourceRef aAdv( pOwner );
     pOwner->SendDataChanged();
 }
@@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ static void StartTimer( SvLinkSourceTimer ** ppTimer, SvLinkSource * pOwner,
 
 struct SvLinkSource_Entry_Impl
 {
-    SvBaseLinkRef              xSink;
-    String                             aDataMimeType;
-    USHORT                             nAdviseModes;
-    BOOL                               bIsDataSink;
+    SvBaseLinkRef               xSink;
+    String                              aDataMimeType;
+    USHORT                              nAdviseModes;
+    BOOL                                bIsDataSink;
 
     SvLinkSource_Entry_Impl( SvBaseLink* pLink, const String& rMimeType,
                                 USHORT nAdvMode )
@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ SvLinkSource_Entry_Impl* SvLinkSource_EntryIter_Impl::Next()
 struct SvLinkSource_Impl
 {
     SvLinkSource_Array_Impl aArr;
-    String                             aDataMimeType;
-    SvLinkSourceTimer *        pTimer;
-    ULONG                              nTimeout;
+    String                              aDataMimeType;
+    SvLinkSourceTimer * pTimer;
+    ULONG                               nTimeout;
     com::sun::star::uno::Reference<com::sun::star::io::XInputStream>
     m_xInputStreamToLoadFrom;
     sal_Bool m_bIsReadOnly;
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ void SvLinkSource::SendDataChanged()
 void SvLinkSource::NotifyDataChanged()
 {
     if( pImpl->nTimeout )
-        StartTimer( &pImpl->pTimer, this, pImpl->nTimeout ); // Timeout neu
+        StartTimer( &pImpl->pTimer, this, pImpl->nTimeout ); // New timeout
     else
     {
         SvLinkSource_EntryIter_Impl aIter( pImpl->aArr );
@@ -314,10 +314,10 @@ void SvLinkSource::DataChanged( const String & rMimeType,
                                 const ::com::sun::star::uno::Any & rVal )
 {
     if( pImpl->nTimeout && !rVal.hasValue() )
-    {   // nur wenn keine Daten mitgegeben wurden
+    {   // only when no data was included
         // fire all data to the sink, independent of the requested format
         pImpl->aDataMimeType = rMimeType;
-        StartTimer( &pImpl->pTimer, this, pImpl->nTimeout ); // Timeout neu
+        StartTimer( &pImpl->pTimer, this, pImpl->nTimeout ); // New timeout
     }
     else
     {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx
index 7c51a05..c96ac88 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx
@@ -73,16 +73,16 @@ struct BaseLink_Impl
         { delete m_pFileDlg; }
 };
 
-// nur fuer die interne Verwaltung
+// only for internal management
 struct ImplBaseLinkData
 {
     struct tClientType
     {
-        // gilt fuer alle Links
-        ULONG                          nCntntType; // Update Format
-        // nicht Ole-Links
-        BOOL                   bIntrnlLnk; // ist es ein interner Link
-        USHORT                         nUpdateMode;// UpdateMode
+        // applies for all links
+        ULONG   nCntntType;  // Update Format
+        // Not Ole-Links
+        BOOL    bIntrnlLnk;  // It is an internal link
+        USHORT  nUpdateMode; // UpdateMode
     };
 
     struct tDDEType
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ class ImplDdeItem : public DdeGetPutItem
 {
     SvBaseLink* pLink;
     DdeData aData;
-    Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq;             // Datacontainer for DdeData !!!
+    Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq;  // Datacontainer for DdeData !!!
     BOOL bIsValidData : 1;
     BOOL bIsInDTOR : 1;
 public:
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ public:
 
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( USHORT nUpdateMode, ULONG nContentType )
@@ -161,16 +161,16 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( USHORT nUpdateMode, ULONG nContentType )
     bVisible = bSynchron = bUseCache = TRUE;
     bWasLastEditOK = FALSE;
 
-    // falls es ein Ole-Link wird,
+    // It it going to be a Ole-Link,
     pImplData->ClientType.nUpdateMode = nUpdateMode;
     pImplData->ClientType.nCntntType = nContentType;
     pImplData->ClientType.bIntrnlLnk = FALSE;
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( const String& rLinkName, USHORT nObjectType, SvLinkSource* pObj )
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( const String& rLinkName, USHORT nObjectType, SvLinkSourc
 
     if( !pObj )
     {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pObj, "Wo ist mein zu linkendes Object" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( pObj, "Where is my left-most object" );
         return;
     }
 
@@ -193,15 +193,14 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( const String& rLinkName, USHORT nObjectType, 
SvLinkSourc
         DdeTopic* pTopic = FindTopic( aLinkName, &nItemStt );
         if( pTopic )
         {
-            // dann haben wir alles zusammen
-            // MM hat gefummelt ???
-            // MM_TODO wie kriege ich den Namen
+            // then we have it all together
+            // MM_TODO how do I get the name
             String aStr = aLinkName; // xLinkName->GetDisplayName();
             aStr = aStr.Copy( nItemStt );
             pImplData->DDEType.pItem = new ImplDdeItem( *this, aStr );
             pTopic->InsertItem( pImplData->DDEType.pItem );
 
-            // dann koennen wir uns auch das Advise merken
+            // store the Advise
             xObj = pObj;
         }
     }
@@ -210,9 +209,9 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( const String& rLinkName, USHORT nObjectType, SvLinkSourc
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::~SvBaseLink()
+|*        SvBaseLink::~SvBaseLink()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 SvBaseLink::~SvBaseLink()
@@ -244,9 +243,9 @@ IMPL_LINK( SvBaseLink, EndEditHdl, String*, _pNewName )
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SetObjType()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SetObjType()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void SvBaseLink::SetObjType( USHORT nObjTypeP )
@@ -258,9 +257,9 @@ void SvBaseLink::SetObjType( USHORT nObjTypeP )
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SetName()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SetName()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void SvBaseLink::SetName( const String & rNm )
@@ -269,9 +268,9 @@ void SvBaseLink::SetName( const String & rNm )
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::GetName()
+|*        SvBaseLink::GetName()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 String SvBaseLink::GetName() const
@@ -280,9 +279,9 @@ String SvBaseLink::GetName() const
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SetObj()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SetObj()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void SvBaseLink::SetObj( SvLinkSource * pObj )
@@ -295,9 +294,9 @@ void SvBaseLink::SetObj( SvLinkSource * pObj )
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SetLinkSourceName()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SetLinkSourceName()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void SvBaseLink::SetLinkSourceName( const String & rLnkNm )
@@ -305,21 +304,21 @@ void SvBaseLink::SetLinkSourceName( const String & rLnkNm )
     if( aLinkName == rLnkNm )
         return;
 
-    AddNextRef(); // sollte ueberfluessig sein
-    // Alte Verbindung weg
+    AddNextRef(); // should be superfluous
+    // remove old connection
     Disconnect();
 
     aLinkName = rLnkNm;
 
-    // Neu verbinden
+    // New Connection
     _GetRealObject();
-    ReleaseRef(); // sollte ueberfluessig sein
+    ReleaseRef(); // should be superfluous
 }
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::GetLinkSourceName()
+|*        SvBaseLink::GetLinkSourceName()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 String  SvBaseLink::GetLinkSourceName() const
@@ -329,9 +328,9 @@ String  SvBaseLink::GetLinkSourceName() const
 
 
 /************************************************************************
-|*       SvBaseLink::SetUpdateMode()
+|*        SvBaseLink::SetUpdateMode()
 |*
-|*       Beschreibung
+|*        Description
 *************************************************************************/
 
 void SvBaseLink::SetUpdateMode( USHORT nMode )
@@ -379,7 +378,7 @@ BOOL SvBaseLink::Update()
             {
                 DataChanged( sMimeType, aData );
                 //JP 13.07.00: Bug 76817 - for manual Updates there is no
-                //                             need to hold the ServerObject
+                //                              need to hold the ServerObject
                 if( OBJECT_CLIENT_DDE == nObjType &&
                     LINKUPDATE_ONCALL == GetUpdateMode() && xObj.Is() )
                     xObj->RemoveAllDataAdvise( this );
@@ -387,11 +386,11 @@ BOOL SvBaseLink::Update()
             }
             if( xObj.Is() )
             {
-                // sollten wir asynschron sein?
+                // should be asynschron?
                 if( xObj->IsPending() )
                     return TRUE;
 
-                // dann brauchen wir das Object auch nicht mehr
+                // we do not need the object anymore
                 AddNextRef();
                 Disconnect();
                 ReleaseRef();
@@ -421,14 +420,14 @@ void SvBaseLink::_GetRealObject( BOOL bConnect)
     {
         String sServer;
         if( pImpl->m_pLinkMgr->GetDisplayNames( this, &sServer ) &&
-            sServer == GetpApp()->GetAppName() )               // interner Link !!!
+            sServer == GetpApp()->GetAppName() )  // internal Link !!!
         {
-            // damit der Internal - Link erzeugt werden kann !!!
+            // so that the Internal link can be created!
             nObjType = OBJECT_INTERN;
             xObj = pImpl->m_pLinkMgr->CreateObj( this );
 
             pImplData->ClientType.bIntrnlLnk = TRUE;
-            nObjType = OBJECT_CLIENT_DDE;              // damit wir wissen was es mal war !!
+            nObjType = OBJECT_CLIENT_DDE;  // so we know what it once was!
         }
         else
         {
@@ -448,7 +447,7 @@ ULONG SvBaseLink::GetContentType() const
     if( OBJECT_CLIENT_SO & nObjType )
         return pImplData->ClientType.nCntntType;
 
-    return 0;          // alle Formate ?
+    return 0;  // all Formats ?
 }
 
 
@@ -578,7 +577,6 @@ bool SvBaseLink::ExecuteEdit( const String& _rNewName )
 void SvBaseLink::Closed()
 {
     if( xObj.Is() )
-        // beim Advise Abmelden
         xObj->RemoveAllDataAdvise( this );
 }
 
@@ -593,8 +591,7 @@ FileDialogHelper* SvBaseLink::GetFileDialog( sal_uInt32 nFlags, const String& rF
 ImplDdeItem::~ImplDdeItem()
 {
     bIsInDTOR = TRUE;
-    // damit im Disconnect nicht jemand auf die Idee kommt, den Pointer zu
-    // loeschen!!
+    // So that no-one gets the idea to delete the pointer when Disconnecting!
     SvBaseLinkRef aRef( pLink );
     aRef->Disconnect();
 }
@@ -603,7 +600,7 @@ DdeData* ImplDdeItem::Get( ULONG nFormat )
 {
     if( pLink->GetObj() )
     {
-        // ist das noch gueltig?
+        // is it still valid?
         if( bIsValidData && nFormat == aData.GetFormat() )
             return &aData;
 
@@ -635,22 +632,22 @@ BOOL ImplDdeItem::Put( const DdeData*  )
 
 void ImplDdeItem::AdviseLoop( BOOL bOpen )
 {
-    // Verbindung wird geschlossen, also Link abmelden
+    // Connection is closed, so also unsubscribe link
     if( pLink->GetObj() )
     {
         if( bOpen )
         {
-            // es wird wieder eine Verbindung hergestellt
+            // A connection is re-established 
             if( OBJECT_DDE_EXTERN == pLink->GetObjType() )
             {
-                pLink->GetObj()->AddDataAdvise( pLink, String::CreateFromAscii( 
"text/plain;charset=utf-16" ), ADVISEMODE_NODATA );
+                pLink->GetObj()->AddDataAdvise( pLink, String::CreateFromAscii( 
"text/plain;charset=utf-16" ),  ADVISEMODE_NODATA );
                 pLink->GetObj()->AddConnectAdvise( pLink );
             }
         }
         else
         {
-            // damit im Disconnect nicht jemand auf die Idee kommt,
-            // den Pointer zu loeschen!!
+            // So that no-one gets the idea to delete the pointer 
+            // when Disconnecting! 
             SvBaseLinkRef aRef( pLink );
             aRef->Disconnect();
         }
@@ -672,7 +669,7 @@ static DdeTopic* FindTopic( const String & rLinkName, USHORT* pItemStt )
                                                 pService = rSvc.Next() )
         if( pService->GetName() == sService )
         {
-            // dann suchen wir uns das Topic
+            // then we search for the Topic
             String sTopic( sNm.GetToken( 0, cTokenSeperator, nTokenPos ) );
             if( pItemStt )
                 *pItemStt = nTokenPos;
@@ -686,10 +683,10 @@ static DdeTopic* FindTopic( const String & rLinkName, USHORT* pItemStt )
                     if( pTopic->GetName() == sTopic )
                         return pTopic;
 
-                // Topic nicht gefunden ?
-                // dann versuchen wir ihn mal anzulegen
+                // Topic not found?
+                // then we try once to create it
                 if( i || !pService->MakeTopic( sTopic ) )
-                    break;     // hat nicht geklappt, also raus
+                    break;  // did not work, exiting
             }
             break;
         }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/makefile.mk b/sfx2/source/appl/makefile.mk
index a583102..cd5dd9c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/makefile.mk
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/makefile.mk
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ LIBTARGET=NO
 .INCLUDE :  settings.mk
 .INCLUDE :  $(PRJ)$/util$/makefile.pmk
 
-# w.g. compilerbugs
+# due to compilerbugs
 .IF "$(GUI)"=="WNT"
 .IF "$(COM)"!="GCC"
 CFLAGS+=-Od
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ SFX_OBJECTS = \
     $(SLO)$/appuno.obj \
     $(SLO)$/appbaslib.obj \
     $(SLO)$/childwin.obj \
-    $(SLO)$/fileobj.obj                        \
+    $(SLO)$/fileobj.obj                 \
     $(SLO)$/helpdispatch.obj \
     $(SLO)$/helpinterceptor.obj \
     $(SLO)$/imagemgr.obj\
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ SFX_OBJECTS = \
         $(SLO)$/lnkbase2.obj \
     $(SLO)$/module.obj \
     $(SLO)$/newhelp.obj \
-    $(SLO)$/opengrf.obj                        \
+    $(SLO)$/opengrf.obj                 \
     $(SLO)$/sfxdll.obj \
     $(SLO)$/sfxhelp.obj \
     $(SLO)$/sfxpicklist.obj \
@@ -139,21 +139,21 @@ SLOFILES +=  $(SLO)$/shutdowniconOs2.obj
 .ENDIF
 
 EXCEPTIONSFILES=\
-    $(SLO)$/imagemgr.obj               \
+    $(SLO)$/imagemgr.obj                \
     $(SLO)$/appopen.obj \
-    $(SLO)$/appmain.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/appmisc.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/appinit.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/appcfg.obj                 \
-    $(SLO)$/fileobj.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/helpinterceptor.obj        \
-    $(SLO)$/newhelp.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/opengrf.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/sfxhelp.obj                        \
-    $(SLO)$/shutdownicon.obj   \
+    $(SLO)$/appmain.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/appmisc.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/appinit.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/appcfg.obj                  \
+    $(SLO)$/fileobj.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/helpinterceptor.obj \
+    $(SLO)$/newhelp.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/opengrf.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/sfxhelp.obj                 \
+    $(SLO)$/shutdownicon.obj    \
     $(SLO)$/shutdowniconw32.obj \
-    $(SLO)$/sfxpicklist.obj            \
-    $(SLO)$/helpdispatch.obj   \
+    $(SLO)$/sfxpicklist.obj             \
+    $(SLO)$/helpdispatch.obj    \
     $(SLO)$/xpackcreator.obj
 
 
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/module.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/module.cxx
index ef3f934..a96b903 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/module.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/module.cxx
@@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ class SfxModule_Impl
 {
 public:
 
-    SfxSlotPool*                               pSlotPool;
-    SfxTbxCtrlFactArr_Impl*    pTbxCtrlFac;
-    SfxStbCtrlFactArr_Impl*    pStbCtrlFac;
-    SfxMenuCtrlFactArr_Impl*   pMenuCtrlFac;
-    SfxChildWinFactArr_Impl*   pFactArr;
+    SfxSlotPool*                                pSlotPool;
+    SfxTbxCtrlFactArr_Impl*     pTbxCtrlFac;
+    SfxStbCtrlFactArr_Impl*     pStbCtrlFac;
+    SfxMenuCtrlFactArr_Impl*    pMenuCtrlFac;
+    SfxChildWinFactArr_Impl*    pFactArr;
     ImageList*                  pImgListSmall;
     ImageList*                  pImgListBig;
 
@@ -167,7 +167,8 @@ SfxModule::~SfxModule()
     {
         if ( SFX_APP()->Get_Impl() )
         {
-            // Das Modul wird noch vor dem DeInitialize zerst"ort, also auis dem Array entfernen
+            // The module will be destroyed before the Deinitialize, 
+            // so remove from the array
             SfxModuleArr_Impl& rArr = GetModules_Impl();
             for( USHORT nPos = rArr.Count(); nPos--; )
             {
@@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ SfxSlotPool* SfxModule::GetSlotPool() const
 
 void SfxModule::RegisterChildWindow(SfxChildWinFactory *pFact)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpl, "Kein echtes Modul!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pImpl, "No real Modul!" );
 
     if (!pImpl->pFactArr)
         pImpl->pFactArr = new SfxChildWinFactArr_Impl;
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterChildWindow(SfxChildWinFactory *pFact)
         if (pFact->nId ==  (*pImpl->pFactArr)[nFactory]->nId)
         {
             pImpl->pFactArr->Remove( nFactory );
-            DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow mehrfach registriert!");
+            DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow registered multiple times!");
             return;
         }
     }
@@ -220,7 +221,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterChildWindow(SfxChildWinFactory *pFact)
 void SfxModule::RegisterChildWindowContext( USHORT nId,
         SfxChildWinContextFactory *pFact)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImpl, "Kein echtes Modul!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pImpl, "No real Modul!" );
 
     USHORT nCount = pImpl->pFactArr->Count();
     for (USHORT nFactory=0; nFactory<nCount; ++nFactory)
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterChildWindowContext( USHORT nId,
         }
     }
 
-    DBG_ERROR( "Kein ChildWindow fuer diesen Context!" );
+    DBG_ERROR( "No ChildWindow for this Context!" );
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterToolBoxControl( SfxTbxCtrlFactory *pFact )
         if ( pF->nTypeId && pF->nTypeId == pFact->nTypeId &&
             (pF->nSlotId == pFact->nSlotId || pF->nSlotId == 0) )
         {
-            DBG_WARNING("TbxController-Registrierung ist nicht eindeutig!");
+            DBG_WARNING("TbxController-Registering is not clearly defined!");
         }
     }
 #endif
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterStatusBarControl( SfxStbCtrlFactory *pFact )
         if ( pF->nTypeId && pF->nTypeId == pFact->nTypeId &&
             (pF->nSlotId == pFact->nSlotId || pF->nSlotId == 0) )
         {
-            DBG_WARNING("StbController-Registrierung ist nicht eindeutig!");
+            DBG_WARNING("TbxController-Registering is not clearly defined!");
         }
     }
 #endif
@@ -296,7 +297,7 @@ void SfxModule::RegisterMenuControl( SfxMenuCtrlFactory *pFact )
         if ( pF->nTypeId && pF->nTypeId == pFact->nTypeId &&
             (pF->nSlotId == pFact->nSlotId || pF->nSlotId == 0) )
         {
-            DBG_WARNING("MenuController-Registrierung ist nicht eindeutig!");
+            DBG_WARNING("MenuController-Registering is not clearly defined!");
         }
     }
 #endif
@@ -337,7 +338,7 @@ ImageList* SfxModule::GetImageList_Impl( BOOL bBig )
     return pImpl->GetImageList( pResMgr, bBig );
 }
 
-SfxTabPage*    SfxModule::CreateTabPage( USHORT, Window*, const SfxItemSet& )
+SfxTabPage*     SfxModule::CreateTabPage( USHORT, Window*, const SfxItemSet& )
 {
     return NULL;
 }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/sfxdll.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/sfxdll.cxx
index 653995d..0064118 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/sfxdll.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/sfxdll.cxx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 #ifdef WIN
 #include <svwin.h>
 
-// Statische DLL-Verwaltungs-Variablen
+// Static DLL Administrative variables
 static HINSTANCE hDLLInst = 0;
 
 //==========================================================================
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/sfxpicklist.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/sfxpicklist.cxx
index 2181285..6dacef9 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/sfxpicklist.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/sfxpicklist.cxx
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star::util;
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-osl::Mutex*            SfxPickList::pMutex = 0;
-SfxPickList*   SfxPickList::pUniqueInstance = 0;
+osl::Mutex*             SfxPickList::pMutex = 0;
+SfxPickList*    SfxPickList::pUniqueInstance = 0;
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ class StringLength : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper1< XStringWidth >
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-osl::Mutex*    SfxPickList::GetOrCreateMutex()
+osl::Mutex*     SfxPickList::GetOrCreateMutex()
 {
     if ( !pMutex )
     {
@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ void SfxPickList::CreatePicklistMenuTitle( Menu* pMenu, USHORT nItemId, const St
         aPickEntry += String::CreateFromInt32( nNo + 1 );
     aPickEntry += DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE(": ");
 
-    INetURLObject      aURL( aURLString );
-    rtl::OUString      aTipHelpText;
-    rtl::OUString      aAccessibleName( aPickEntry );
+    INetURLObject       aURL( aURLString );
+    rtl::OUString       aTipHelpText;
+    rtl::OUString       aAccessibleName( aPickEntry );
 
     if ( aURL.GetProtocol() == INET_PROT_FILE )
     {
@@ -126,10 +126,10 @@ void SfxPickList::CreatePicklistMenuTitle( Menu* pMenu, USHORT nItemId, const 
St
         // path and abbreviate it with a special function:
         String aFileSystemPath( aURL.getFSysPath( INetURLObject::FSYS_DETECT ) );
 
-//             ::utl::LocalFileHelper::ConvertURLToPhysicalName( aURLString, aPhysicalName );
+//              ::utl::LocalFileHelper::ConvertURLToPhysicalName( aURLString, aPhysicalName );
 
-        ::rtl::OUString        aSystemPath( aFileSystemPath );
-        ::rtl::OUString        aCompactedSystemPath;
+        ::rtl::OUString aSystemPath( aFileSystemPath );
+        ::rtl::OUString aCompactedSystemPath;
 
         aTipHelpText = aSystemPath;
         aAccessibleName += aSystemPath;
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void SfxPickList::CreatePicklistMenuTitle( Menu* pMenu, USHORT nItemId, const St
     else
     {
         // Use INetURLObject to abbreviate all other URLs
-        String aShortURL;
+        String  aShortURL;
         aShortURL = aURL.getAbbreviated( m_xStringLength, 46, INetURLObject::DECODE_UNAMBIGUOUS );
         aPickEntry += aShortURL;
         aTipHelpText = aURLString;
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ void SfxPickList::RemovePickListEntries()
     m_aPicklistVector.clear();
 }
 
-SfxPickList::PickListEntry*    SfxPickList::GetPickListEntry( sal_uInt32 nIndex )
+SfxPickList::PickListEntry*     SfxPickList::GetPickListEntry( sal_uInt32 nIndex )
 {
     OSL_ASSERT( m_aPicklistVector.size() > nIndex );
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ SfxPickList::PickListEntry* SfxPickList::GetPickListEntry( sal_uInt32 nIndex )
         return 0;
 }
 
-SfxPickList*   SfxPickList::GetOrCreate( const sal_uInt32 nMenuSize )
+SfxPickList*    SfxPickList::GetOrCreate( const sal_uInt32 nMenuSize )
 {
     if ( !pUniqueInstance )
     {
@@ -220,17 +220,17 @@ void SfxPickList::CreatePickListEntries()
 {
     RemovePickListEntries();
 
-    // Einlesen der Pickliste
+    // Reading the pick list
     Sequence< Sequence< PropertyValue > > seqPicklist = SvtHistoryOptions().GetList( ePICKLIST );
 
-    sal_uInt32 nCount  = seqPicklist.getLength();
-    sal_uInt32 nEntries        = ::std::min( m_nAllowedMenuSize, nCount );
+    sal_uInt32 nCount   = seqPicklist.getLength();
+    sal_uInt32 nEntries = ::std::min( m_nAllowedMenuSize, nCount );
 
     for( sal_uInt32 nItem=0; nItem < nEntries; ++nItem )
     {
         Sequence< PropertyValue > seqPropertySet = seqPicklist[ nItem ];
 
-        INetURLObject  aURL;
+        INetURLObject   aURL;
         ::rtl::OUString sURL;
         ::rtl::OUString sFilter;
         ::rtl::OUString sTitle;
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ void SfxPickList::CreatePickListEntries()
 
 void SfxPickList::CreateMenuEntries( Menu* pMenu )
 {
-    static sal_Bool    bPickListMenuInitializing = sal_False;
+    static sal_Bool     bPickListMenuInitializing = sal_False;
 
     ::osl::MutexGuard aGuard( GetOrCreateMutex() );
 
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ void SfxPickList::Notify( SfxBroadcaster&, const SfxHint& rHint )
     if ( rHint.IsA( TYPE( SfxEventHint )))
     {
         SfxEventHint* pEventHint = PTR_CAST(SfxEventHint,&rHint);
-        // nur ObjectShell-bezogene Events mit Medium interessieren
+        // only ObjectShell-related events with media interest
         SfxObjectShell* pDocSh = pEventHint->GetObjShell();
         if( !pDocSh )
             return;
@@ -393,12 +393,12 @@ void SfxPickList::Notify( SfxBroadcaster&, const SfxHint& rHint )
                 if( !pMed )
                     return;
 
-                // unbenannt-Docs und embedded-Docs nicht in History
+                // Unnamed Documents and embedded-Documents not in History
                 if ( !pDocSh->HasName() ||
                      SFX_CREATE_MODE_STANDARD != pDocSh->GetCreateMode() )
                     return;
 
-                // Hilfe nicht in History
+                // Help not in History
                 INetURLObject aURL( pDocSh->IsDocShared() ? pDocSh->GetSharedFileURL() : 
::rtl::OUString( pMed->GetOrigURL() ) );
                 if ( aURL.GetProtocol() == INET_PROT_VND_SUN_STAR_HELP )
                     return;
@@ -424,12 +424,12 @@ void SfxPickList::Notify( SfxBroadcaster&, const SfxHint& rHint )
                 if( !pMed )
                     return;
 
-                // unbenannt-Docs und embedded-Docs nicht in Pickliste
+                // Unnamed Documents and embedded-Documents not im Pickliste
                 if ( !pDocSh->HasName() ||
                      SFX_CREATE_MODE_STANDARD != pDocSh->GetCreateMode() )
                     return;
 
-                // Hilfe nicht in History
+                // Help not in History
                 INetURLObject aURL( pDocSh->IsDocShared() ? pDocSh->GetSharedFileURL() : 
::rtl::OUString( pMed->GetOrigURL() ) );
                 if ( aURL.GetProtocol() == INET_PROT_VND_SUN_STAR_HELP )
                     return;
@@ -450,8 +450,8 @@ void SfxPickList::Notify( SfxBroadcaster&, const SfxHint& rHint )
                 if ( !SfxViewFrame::GetFirst( pDocSh, TRUE ) )
                     return;
 
-                ::rtl::OUString         aTitle = pDocSh->GetTitle(SFX_TITLE_PICKLIST);
-                ::rtl::OUString         aFilter;
+                ::rtl::OUString  aTitle = pDocSh->GetTitle(SFX_TITLE_PICKLIST);
+                ::rtl::OUString  aFilter;
                 const SfxFilter* pFilter = pMed->GetOrigFilter();
                 if ( pFilter )
                     aFilter = pFilter->GetFilterName();
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/shutdownicon.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/shutdownicon.cxx
index 47839f8..d18ffed 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/shutdownicon.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/shutdownicon.cxx
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SfxNotificationListener_Impl::disposing( const EventObject& ) thro
 {
 }
 
-SFX_IMPL_XSERVICEINFO( ShutdownIcon, "com.sun.star.office.Quickstart", 
"com.sun.star.comp.desktop.QuickstartWrapper" ) \
+SFX_IMPL_XSERVICEINFO( ShutdownIcon, "com.sun.star.office.Quickstart", 
"com.sun.star.comp.desktop.QuickstartWrapper" )  \
 SFX_IMPL_ONEINSTANCEFACTORY( ShutdownIcon );
 
 bool ShutdownIcon::bModalMode = false;
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ extern "C" {
     static void disabled_initSystray() { }
     static void disabled_deInitSystray() { }
 }
-#define DOSTRING( x )                                          #x
-#define STRING( x )                                                    DOSTRING( x )
+#define DOSTRING( x )                                           #x
+#define STRING( x )                                                     DOSTRING( x )
 
 bool ShutdownIcon::LoadModule( osl::Module **pModule,
                                oslGenericFunction *pInit,
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ IMPL_STATIC_LINK( ShutdownIcon, DialogClosedHdl_Impl, FileDialogHelper*, EMPTYAR
 {
     DBG_ASSERT( pThis->m_pFileDlg, "ShutdownIcon, DialogClosedHdl_Impl(): no file dialog" );
 
-    // use ctor for filling up filters automatically! #89169#
+    // use constructor for filling up filters automatically! #89169#
     if ( ERRCODE_NONE == pThis->m_pFileDlg->GetError() )
     {
         Reference< XFilePicker >    xPicker = pThis->m_pFileDlg->GetFilePicker();
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ void ShutdownIcon::init() throw( ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception )
     ::SolarMutexGuard aSolarGuard;
     ResMgr *pResMgr = SfxResId::GetResMgr();
 
-    ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard        aGuard( m_aMutex );
+    ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard aGuard( m_aMutex );
     m_pResMgr = pResMgr;
     aGuard.clear();
     Reference < XDesktop > xDesktop( m_xServiceManager->createInstance(
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ShutdownIcon::disposing( const ::com::sun::star::lang::EventObject
 void SAL_CALL ShutdownIcon::queryTermination( const ::com::sun::star::lang::EventObject& )
 throw(::com::sun::star::frame::TerminationVetoException, ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
 {
-    ::osl::ClearableMutexGuard aGuard( m_aMutex );
+    ::osl::ClearableMutexGuard  aGuard( m_aMutex );
 
     if ( m_bVeto )
         throw ::com::sun::star::frame::TerminationVetoException();
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException)
 void SAL_CALL ShutdownIcon::initialize( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< 
::com::sun::star::uno::Any>& aArguments )
     throw( ::com::sun::star::uno::Exception )
 {
-    ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard        aGuard( m_aMutex );
+    ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard aGuard( m_aMutex );
 
     // third argument only sets veto, everything else will be ignored!
     if (aArguments.getLength() > 2)
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ShutdownIcon::initialize( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< :
                 // above win32 starts the quickstart thread, but we have
                 // quickstart running only when -quickstart is specified
                 // on command line (next boot). 
-                // so if -quickstart was not specified, we cannot issue        
+                // so if -quickstart was not specified, we cannot issue 
                 // quickstart veto on shutdown.
                 if (bQuickstart)
                 {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/shutdowniconw32.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/shutdowniconw32.cxx
index 3d877e5..bcff16c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/shutdowniconw32.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/shutdowniconw32.cxx
@@ -80,39 +80,39 @@ using namespace ::osl;
 #define ID_QUICKSTART               1
 #define IDM_EXIT                    2
 #if defined(USE_APP_SHORTCUTS)
-#      define IDM_OPEN                    3
-#      define IDM_WRITER                  4
-#      define IDM_CALC                    5
-#      define IDM_IMPRESS                 6
-#      define IDM_DRAW                    7
+#       define IDM_OPEN                    3
+#       define IDM_WRITER                  4
+#       define IDM_CALC                    5
+#       define IDM_IMPRESS                 6
+#       define IDM_DRAW                    7
 #   define IDM_BASE                    8
 #   define IDM_TEMPLATE                9
-#      define IDM_MATH                                   12
+#       define IDM_MATH                                   12
 #endif
 #define IDM_INSTALL                 10
 #define IDM_UNINSTALL               11
 
 
-#define ICON_SO_DEFAULT                                1
-#define ICON_TEXT_DOCUMENT                             2
-#define ICON_TEXT_TEMPLATE                             3
-#define ICON_SPREADSHEET_DOCUMENT              4
-#define ICON_SPREADSHEET_TEMPLATE              5
-#define ICON_DRAWING_DOCUMENT                  6
-#define ICON_DRAWING_TEMPLATE                  7
-#define ICON_PRESENTATION_DOCUMENT             8
-#define ICON_PRESENTATION_TEMPLATE             9
-#define ICON_PRESENTATION_COMPRESSED   10
-#define ICON_GLOBAL_DOCUMENT                   11
-#define ICON_HTML_DOCUMENT                             12
-#define ICON_CHART_DOCUMENT                            13
-#define ICON_DATABASE_DOCUMENT                 14
-#define ICON_MATH_DOCUMENT                             15
-#define ICON_TEMPLATE                                  16
-#define ICON_MACROLIBRARY                              17
-#define ICON_CONFIGURATION                             18
-#define ICON_OPEN                                              5   // See index of open folder 
icon in shell32.dll
-#define ICON_SETUP                                             500
+#define ICON_SO_DEFAULT                                 1
+#define ICON_TEXT_DOCUMENT                              2
+#define ICON_TEXT_TEMPLATE                              3
+#define ICON_SPREADSHEET_DOCUMENT               4
+#define ICON_SPREADSHEET_TEMPLATE               5
+#define ICON_DRAWING_DOCUMENT                   6
+#define ICON_DRAWING_TEMPLATE                   7
+#define ICON_PRESENTATION_DOCUMENT              8
+#define ICON_PRESENTATION_TEMPLATE              9
+#define ICON_PRESENTATION_COMPRESSED    10
+#define ICON_GLOBAL_DOCUMENT                    11
+#define ICON_HTML_DOCUMENT                              12
+#define ICON_CHART_DOCUMENT                             13
+#define ICON_DATABASE_DOCUMENT                  14
+#define ICON_MATH_DOCUMENT                              15
+#define ICON_TEMPLATE                                   16
+#define ICON_MACROLIBRARY                               17
+#define ICON_CONFIGURATION                              18
+#define ICON_OPEN                                               5   // See index of open folder 
icon in shell32.dll
+#define ICON_SETUP                                              500
 
 #define SFX_TASKBAR_NOTIFICATION    WM_USER+1
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ static void addMenuItem( HMENU hMenu, UINT id, UINT iconId, const OUString& text
 
 static HMENU createSystrayMenu( )
 {
-    SvtModuleOptions   aModuleOptions;
+    SvtModuleOptions    aModuleOptions;
 
     HMENU hMenu = CreatePopupMenu();
     int pos=0;
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ static HMENU createSystrayMenu( )
         { SvtModuleOptions::E_SIMPRESS,   IDM_IMPRESS,ICON_PRESENTATION_DOCUMENT, 
IMPRESS_WIZARD_URL },
         { SvtModuleOptions::E_SDRAW,      IDM_DRAW,   ICON_DRAWING_DOCUMENT,      DRAW_URL },
         { SvtModuleOptions::E_SDATABASE,  IDM_BASE,   ICON_DATABASE_DOCUMENT,     BASE_URL },
-        { SvtModuleOptions::E_SMATH,      IDM_MATH,   ICON_MATH_DOCUMENT,            MATH_URL },
+        { SvtModuleOptions::E_SMATH,      IDM_MATH,   ICON_MATH_DOCUMENT,             MATH_URL },
     };
 
     OUString aEmpty;
@@ -577,20 +577,20 @@ LRESULT CALLBACK executerWndProc( HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM 
lP
 DWORD WINAPI SystrayThread( LPVOID /*lpParam*/ )
 {
     aListenerWindow = CreateWindowExA(0,
-        QUICKSTART_CLASSNAME,      // registered class name
-        QUICKSTART_WINDOWNAME,        // window name
-        0,                                     // window style
-        CW_USEDEFAULT,                     // horizontal position of window
-        CW_USEDEFAULT,                     // vertical position of window
-        CW_USEDEFAULT,                     // window width
-        CW_USEDEFAULT,                     // window height
-        (HWND) NULL,               // handle to parent or owner window
-        NULL,                                          // menu handle or child identifier
-        (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL ),    // handle to application instance
-        NULL                                           // window-creation data
+        QUICKSTART_CLASSNAME,   // registered class name
+        QUICKSTART_WINDOWNAME,  // window name
+        0,                      // window style
+        CW_USEDEFAULT,          // horizontal position of window
+        CW_USEDEFAULT,          // vertical position of window
+        CW_USEDEFAULT,          // window width
+        CW_USEDEFAULT,          // window height
+        (HWND) NULL,            // handle to parent or owner window
+        NULL,                   // menu handle or child identifier
+        (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL ), // handle to application instance
+        NULL                                 // window-creation data
         );
 
-    MSG        msg;
+    MSG msg;
 
     while ( GetMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0 ) )
     {
@@ -608,52 +608,52 @@ void win32_init_sys_tray()
     if ( ShutdownIcon::IsQuickstarterInstalled() )
     {
         WNDCLASSEXA listenerClass;
-        listenerClass.cbSize           = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
-        listenerClass.style                    = 0;
-        listenerClass.lpfnWndProc      = listenerWndProc;
-        listenerClass.cbClsExtra       = 0;
-        listenerClass.cbWndExtra       = 0;
-        listenerClass.hInstance                = (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL );
-        listenerClass.hIcon                    = NULL;
-        listenerClass.hCursor          = NULL;
-        listenerClass.hbrBackground    = NULL;
-        listenerClass.lpszMenuName     = NULL;
-        listenerClass.lpszClassName    = QUICKSTART_CLASSNAME;
-        listenerClass.hIconSm      = NULL;
+        listenerClass.cbSize        = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
+        listenerClass.style         = 0;
+        listenerClass.lpfnWndProc   = listenerWndProc;
+        listenerClass.cbClsExtra    = 0;
+        listenerClass.cbWndExtra    = 0;
+        listenerClass.hInstance     = (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL );
+        listenerClass.hIcon         = NULL;
+        listenerClass.hCursor       = NULL;
+        listenerClass.hbrBackground = NULL;
+        listenerClass.lpszMenuName  = NULL;
+        listenerClass.lpszClassName = QUICKSTART_CLASSNAME;
+        listenerClass.hIconSm       = NULL;
 
         RegisterClassExA(&listenerClass);
 
         WNDCLASSEXA executerClass;
-        executerClass.cbSize           = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
-        executerClass.style                    = 0;
-        executerClass.lpfnWndProc      = executerWndProc;
-        executerClass.cbClsExtra       = 0;
-        executerClass.cbWndExtra       = 0;
-        executerClass.hInstance                = (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL );
-        executerClass.hIcon                    = NULL;
-        executerClass.hCursor          = NULL;
-        executerClass.hbrBackground    = NULL;
-        executerClass.lpszMenuName     = NULL;
-        executerClass.lpszClassName    = EXECUTER_WINDOWCLASS;
-        executerClass.hIconSm      = NULL;
+        executerClass.cbSize        = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
+        executerClass.style         = 0;
+        executerClass.lpfnWndProc   = executerWndProc;
+        executerClass.cbClsExtra    = 0;
+        executerClass.cbWndExtra    = 0;
+        executerClass.hInstance     = (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL );
+        executerClass.hIcon         = NULL;
+        executerClass.hCursor       = NULL;
+        executerClass.hbrBackground = NULL;
+        executerClass.lpszMenuName  = NULL;
+        executerClass.lpszClassName = EXECUTER_WINDOWCLASS;
+        executerClass.hIconSm       = NULL;
 
         RegisterClassExA( &executerClass );
 
         aExecuterWindow = CreateWindowExA(0,
-            EXECUTER_WINDOWCLASS,          // registered class name
-            EXECUTER_WINDOWNAME,        // window name
-            0,                                         // window style
-            CW_USEDEFAULT,                         // horizontal position of window
-            CW_USEDEFAULT,                         // vertical position of window
-            CW_USEDEFAULT,                         // window width
-            CW_USEDEFAULT,                         // window height
-            (HWND) NULL,                   // handle to parent or owner window
-            NULL,                                              // menu handle or child identifier
-            (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL ),    // handle to application instance
-            NULL                                               // window-creation data
+            EXECUTER_WINDOWCLASS,  // registered class name
+            EXECUTER_WINDOWNAME,   // window name
+            0,                     // window style
+            CW_USEDEFAULT,         // horizontal position of window
+            CW_USEDEFAULT,         // vertical position of window
+            CW_USEDEFAULT,         // window width
+            CW_USEDEFAULT,         // window height
+            (HWND) NULL,           // handle to parent or owner window
+            NULL,                  // menu handle or child identifier
+            (HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle( NULL ), // handle to application instance
+            NULL                                 // window-creation data
             );
 
-        DWORD  dwThreadId;
+        DWORD   dwThreadId;
         CreateThread( NULL, 0, SystrayThread, NULL, 0, &dwThreadId );
     }
 }
@@ -715,8 +715,8 @@ void OnDrawItem(HWND /*hwnd*/, LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpdis)
     HFONT hfntOld;
     HBRUSH hbrOld;
     int x, y;
-    BOOL       fSelected = lpdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED;
-    BOOL       fDisabled = lpdis->itemState & (ODS_DISABLED | ODS_GRAYED);
+    BOOL        fSelected = lpdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED;
+    BOOL        fDisabled = lpdis->itemState & (ODS_DISABLED | ODS_GRAYED);
 
     // Set the appropriate foreground and background colors.
 
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ void OnDrawItem(HWND /*hwnd*/, LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpdis)
     hfntOld = (HFONT) SelectObject(lpdis->hDC, (HFONT) CreateFontIndirect( &ncm.lfMenuFont ));
 
 
-    SIZE       size;
+    SIZE        size;
     GetTextExtentPointW( lpdis->hDC, reinterpret_cast<LPCWSTR>(pMyItem->text.getStr()), 
pMyItem->text.getLength(), &size );
 
     DrawStateW( lpdis->hDC, (HBRUSH)NULL, (DRAWSTATEPROC)NULL, (LPARAM)pMyItem->text.getStr(), 
(WPARAM)0, aRect.left, aRect.top + (height - size.cy)/2, 0, 0, DST_TEXT | (fDisabled && !fSelected 
? DSS_DISABLED : DSS_NORMAL) );
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ void OnDrawItem(HWND /*hwnd*/, LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpdis)
 
 void _SHFree( void *pv )
 {
-    IMalloc    *pMalloc;
+    IMalloc     *pMalloc;
     if( NOERROR == SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) )
     {
         pMalloc->Free( pv );
@@ -820,9 +820,9 @@ void _SHFree( void *pv )
 static OUString _SHGetSpecialFolder( int nFolderID )
 {
 
-    LPITEMIDLIST       pidl;
-    HRESULT                    hHdl = SHGetSpecialFolderLocation( NULL, nFolderID, &pidl );
-    OUString           aFolder;
+    LPITEMIDLIST        pidl;
+    HRESULT                     hHdl = SHGetSpecialFolderLocation( NULL, nFolderID, &pidl );
+    OUString            aFolder;
 
     if( hHdl == NOERROR )
     {
@@ -845,14 +845,14 @@ OUString ShutdownIcon::GetAutostartFolderNameW32()
 
 static HRESULT WINAPI SHCoCreateInstance( LPVOID lpszReserved, REFCLSID clsid, LPUNKNOWN 
pUnkUnknown, REFIID iid, LPVOID *ppv )
 {
-    HRESULT    hResult = E_NOTIMPL;
-    HMODULE    hModShell = GetModuleHandle( "SHELL32" );
+    HRESULT     hResult = E_NOTIMPL;
+    HMODULE     hModShell = GetModuleHandle( "SHELL32" );
 
     if ( hModShell != NULL )
     {
-        typedef        HRESULT (WINAPI *SHCoCreateInstance_PROC)( LPVOID lpszReserved, REFCLSID 
clsid, LPUNKNOWN pUnkUnknwon, REFIID iid, LPVOID *ppv );
+        typedef HRESULT (WINAPI *SHCoCreateInstance_PROC)( LPVOID lpszReserved, REFCLSID clsid, 
LPUNKNOWN pUnkUnknwon, REFIID iid, LPVOID *ppv );
 
-        SHCoCreateInstance_PROC        lpfnSHCoCreateInstance = 
(SHCoCreateInstance_PROC)GetProcAddress( hModShell, MAKEINTRESOURCE(102) );
+        SHCoCreateInstance_PROC lpfnSHCoCreateInstance = (SHCoCreateInstance_PROC)GetProcAddress( 
hModShell, MAKEINTRESOURCE(102) );
 
         if ( lpfnSHCoCreateInstance )
             hResult = lpfnSHCoCreateInstance( lpszReserved, clsid, pUnkUnknown, iid, ppv );
@@ -900,10 +900,10 @@ BOOL CreateShortcut( const OUString& rAbsObject, const OUString& 
rAbsObjectPath,
 
 static bool FileExistsW( LPCWSTR lpPath )
 {
-    bool       bExists = false;
-    WIN32_FIND_DATAW   aFindData;
+    bool        bExists = false;
+    WIN32_FIND_DATAW    aFindData;
 
-    HANDLE     hFind = FindFirstFileW( lpPath, &aFindData );
+    HANDLE      hFind = FindFirstFileW( lpPath, &aFindData );
 
     if ( INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != hFind )
     {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
index d979fdf..fb63792 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ DBG_NAME(SfxWorkWindow)
 //SV_IMPL_OBJARR( SfxObjectBarArr_Impl, SfxObjectBar_Impl );
 
 //====================================================================
-// Sortiert die Children nach ihrem Alignment
-// Reihenfolge entspricht der im enum SfxChildAlignment (->CHILDWIN.HXX).
+// Sort the Children according their alignment
+// The order corresponds to the enum SfxChildAlignment (->CHILDWIN.HXX).
 //
 
-// Hilfe, um die "Anderungen am Alignment kompatibal zu machen!
+// Help to make changes to the alignment compatible!
 
 
 SFX_IMPL_XINTERFACE_3( LayoutManagerListener, OWeakObject, 
::com::sun::star::frame::XLayoutManagerListener, ::com::sun::star::lang::XEventListener, 
::com::sun::star::lang::XComponent )
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::Sort_Impl()
         {
             USHORT k;
             for (k=0; k<aSortedList.Count(); k++)
-//                             if ( (*pChilds)[aSortedList[k]]->eAlign > pCli->eAlign )
+//                              if ( (*pChilds)[aSortedList[k]]->eAlign > pCli->eAlign )
                 if (ChildAlignValue((*pChilds)[aSortedList[k]]->eAlign) >
                     ChildAlignValue(pCli->eAlign))
                     break;
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::Sort_Impl()
 
 
 //====================================================================
-// ctor f"ur workwin eines Frames
+// constructor for workwin of a Frame
 
 SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl( Window *pWin, SfxFrame *pFrm, SfxFrame* pMaster )
     : SfxWorkWindow(
@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl( Window *pWin, SfxFrame *pFrm, 
SfxFra
         bInternalDockingAllowed = sal_True;
     }
 
-    // Die ben"otigten SplitWindows (je eins f"ur jede Seite) werden erzeugt
+    // The required split windows (one for each side) can be created
     for ( USHORT n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
-        // Die SplitWindows sind direkte ChildWindows des WorkWindows und enthalten
-        // die angedockten Fenster.
+        // The SplitWindows excludes direct ChildWindows of the WorkWindows 
+        // and receives the docked window.
 
         SfxChildAlignment eAlign =
                         ( n == SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_LEFT ? SFX_ALIGN_LEFT :
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl( Window *pWin, SfxFrame *pFrm, SfxFra
 }
 
 //====================================================================
-// ctor der Basisklasse
+// Constructor of the base class
 
 SfxWorkWindow::SfxWorkWindow( Window *pWin, SfxBindings& rB, SfxWorkWindow* pParentWorkwin ) :
     pParent( pParentWorkwin ),
@@ -606,8 +606,8 @@ SfxWorkWindow::SfxWorkWindow( Window *pWin, SfxBindings& rB, SfxWorkWindow* pPar
     pChildWins = new SfxChildWindows_Impl;
     pChilds = new SfxChildList_Impl;
 
-    // F"ur die ObjectBars wird ein fester Platz in der ChildList reserviert,
-    // damit sie immer in einer definierten Reihenfolge kommen.
+    // For the ObjectBars a integral place in the Childlist is reserved, 
+    // so that they always come in a defined order.
     SfxChild_Impl* pChild=0;
     for (USHORT n=0; n < SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX; ++n)
         pChilds->Insert(0,pChild);
@@ -622,13 +622,13 @@ SfxWorkWindow::SfxWorkWindow( Window *pWin, SfxBindings& rB, SfxWorkWindow* 
pPar
 }
 
 //====================================================================
-// dtor
+// Destructor
 
 SfxWorkWindow::~SfxWorkWindow()
 {
     DBG_DTOR(SfxWorkWindow, 0);
 
-    // SplitWindows l"oschen
+    // Delete SplitWindows 
     for ( USHORT n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
         SfxSplitWindow *p = pSplit[n];
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ SfxWorkWindow::~SfxWorkWindow()
         delete p;
     }
 
-    // Hilfsstruktur f"ur Child-Windows l"oschen
+    // Delete help structure for Child-Windows
     DBG_ASSERT( pChilds->Count() == 0, "dangling childs" );
     delete pChilds;
     delete pChildWins;
@@ -702,17 +702,17 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SaveStatus_Impl()
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Hilfsmethode zum Freigeben der Childlisten. Wenn danach nicht der dtor
-// aufgerufen wird, sondern weiter gearbeitet wird, mu\s wie im ctor von
-// SfxWorkWindow noch Platz f"ur die Objectbars und SplitWindows reserviert
-// werden.
+// Helper method to release the child lists. Should the destructor not be 
+// called after this, instead work continues, then space for the object bars
+// and split windows has to be reserved in the same way as in the constructor 
+// of SfxWorkWindow.
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl()
 {
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxWorkWindow, 0);
 
-    // SplitWindows locken (d.h. Resize-Reaktion an den
-    // DockingWindows unterdr"ucken)
+    // Lock SplitWindows (which means supressing the Resize-Reaction of the 
+    // DockingWindows)
     USHORT n;
     for ( n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl()
         p->Lock();
     }
 
-    // Child-Windows l"oschen
+    // Delete Child-Windows 
     for ( n=0; n<pChildWins->Count(); )
     {
         SfxChildWin_Impl* pCW = (*pChildWins)[n];
@@ -737,10 +737,10 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl()
 */
             pChild->Hide();
 
-            // Wenn das ChildWindow ein direktes Childfenster ist und nicht
-            // in einem SplitWindow liegt, am WorkWindow abmelden.
-            // Nach TH ist eine Abmeldung am Splitwindow nicht erforderlich,
-            // wenn dieses auch gleich mit zerst"ort wird (s.u.).
+            // If the child window is a direct child window and not in a 
+            // SplitWindow, cancel it at the workwindow. 
+            // After TH a cancellation on the SplitWindow is not necessary 
+            // since this window is also destroyed (see below).
             if (pCW->pCli)
                 ReleaseChild_Impl(*pChild->GetWindow());
             pCW->pWin = 0;
@@ -780,21 +780,22 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl()
     {
         xLayoutManager->reset();
 
-        // StatusBar l"oschen
+        // Delete StatusBar
         ResetStatusBar_Impl();
 
-        // ObjectBars l"oschen( zuletzt, damit pChilds nicht tote Pointer enh"alt )
+        // Delete ObjectBars (this is done last, so that pChilds does not 
+        // receive dead Pointers)
         for ( USHORT i = 0; i < aObjBarList.size(); i++ )
         {
-            // Nicht jede Position mu\s belegt sein
+            // Not every position must be occupied
             USHORT nId = aObjBarList[i].nId;
             if ( nId )
                 aObjBarList[i].nId = 0;
         }
     }
 
-    // ObjectBars werden alle auf einmal released, da sie einen
-    // festen zusammenh"angenden  Bereich im Array pChilds belegen
+    // ObjectBars are all released at once, since they occupy a
+    // fixed contiguous area in the array pChild
     pChilds->Remove(0, SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX);
     bSorted = FALSE;
 
@@ -802,7 +803,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl()
 }
 
 //====================================================================
-// Virtuelle Methode zum Anordnen der Childfenster.
+// Virtual method for placing the child window.
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeChilds_Impl( BOOL /*bForce*/)
 {
@@ -832,16 +833,14 @@ void SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::ArrangeChilds_Impl( BOOL bForce )
         if ( IsVisible_Impl() )
             aBorder = Arrange_Impl();
     }
-
-    // Wenn das aktuelle Dokument der Applikation einen IPClient enth"alt, mu\s
-    // dem dazugeh"origen Objekt durch SetTopToolFramePixel der zur Verf"ugung
-    // stehende Platz zugeteilt werden. Das Objekt zeigt dann seine UITools an
-    // und setzt den App-Border(->SfxInPlaceEnv_Impl::ArrangeChilds_Impl()).
-    // Anderenfalls wird hier direkt der AppBorder gesetzt, um evtl. den Border
-    // zu "uberschreiben, den bisher ein Objekt aus einem anderen Dokument
-    // gesetzt hatte.
-    // Das Objekt setzt, wenn es seine UI-Tools wegnimmt, den SetAppBorder nicht,
-    // damit kein ObjectBar-Zappeln entsteht.
+    // If the current application document contains a IPClient, then the 
+    // object through SetTopToolFramePixel has to be assigned the available 
+    // space. The object will then point to its UITools and sets the app border
+    // (-> SfxInPlaceEnv_Impl:: ArrangeChilds_Impl ()). Otherwise the 
+    // app border is set here directly to possibly overwrite the Border that 
+    // was set by an object from another document.  The object does not set
+    // the SetAppBorder when it removes its UI tools so that no-dithering 
+    // ObjectBar arises.
     // (->SfxInPlaceEnv_Impl::ArrangeChilds_Impl())
 
     pMasterFrame->SetToolSpaceBorderPixel_Impl( aBorder );
@@ -853,13 +852,12 @@ void SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::ArrangeChilds_Impl( BOOL bForce )
 
 SvBorder SfxWorkWindow::Arrange_Impl()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Diese Methode ordnet alle sichtbaren ChildFenster so an, da\s die angedockten
-    Fenster nach der Sorierreihenfolge von au\sen nach innen aneinander
-    gesetzt werden. Wenn ein an sich sichtbares Fenster nicht mehr in die
-    noch freie ClientArea pa\st, wird es auf "nicht sichtbar" gesetzt.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    This method organizes all visible child windows so that the docked window 
+    sorted in order from the outside to the inside are placed after one 
+    another. If a visible window does not fit anymore into the free 
+    ClientArea, it is set to "not visible".
 */
 {
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxWorkWindow, 0);
@@ -884,10 +882,10 @@ SvBorder SfxWorkWindow::Arrange_Impl()
         if ( !pCli->pWin )
             continue;
 
-        // Zun"achst nehmen wir an, da\s das Fenster Platz hat
+        // First, we assume that there is room for the window.
         pCli->nVisible |= CHILD_FITS_IN;
 
-        // Nicht sichtbare Fenster "uberspringen
+        // Skip invisiable windows
         if (pCli->nVisible != CHILD_VISIBLE)
             continue;
 
@@ -1004,7 +1002,7 @@ SvBorder SfxWorkWindow::Arrange_Impl()
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Close-Handler: die Konfiguration der ChildWindows wird gespeichert.
+// Close-Handler: The Configuration of the ChildWindows is saved.
 //
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::Close_Impl()
@@ -1067,7 +1065,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::AlignChild_Impl( Window& rWindow,
                                             SfxChildAlignment eAlign )
 {
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxWorkWindow, 0);
-//     DBG_ASSERT( pChilds, "aligning unregistered child" );
+//      DBG_ASSERT( pChilds, "aligning unregistered child" );
     DBG_ASSERT( SfxChildAlignValid(eAlign), "invalid align" );
 
     SfxChild_Impl *pChild = FindChild_Impl(rWindow);
@@ -1090,7 +1088,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::AlignChild_Impl( Window& rWindow,
 void SfxWorkWindow::ReleaseChild_Impl( Window& rWindow )
 {
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxWorkWindow, 0);
-//     DBG_ASSERT( pChilds, "releasing unregistered child" );
+//      DBG_ASSERT( pChilds, "releasing unregistered child" );
 
     SfxChild_Impl *pChild = 0;
     USHORT nPos;
@@ -1291,11 +1289,10 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetObjectBar_Impl( USHORT nPos, sal_uInt32 nResId,
 
 bool SfxWorkWindow::KnowsObjectBar_Impl( USHORT nPos ) const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Stellt fest, ob an der betreffenden Position "uberhaupt eine
-    Objektleiste zur Verf"ugung stehen w"urde. Ist unabh"agig davon,
-    ob diese tats"achlich ein- oder ausgeschaltet ist.
+    Determines if a object list is available at the position in question. 
+    This is independent for the fact whether it is actually turned on or off.
 */
 
 {
@@ -1353,7 +1350,7 @@ void SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
 
     SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl();
 
-//     if ( pTask->IsActive() )
+//      if ( pTask->IsActive() )
     {
         pWork = pParent;
         while ( pWork )
@@ -1440,8 +1437,8 @@ sal_Bool SfxWorkWindow::IsPluginMode( SfxObjectShell* pObjShell )
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
 {
-    // SplitWindows locken (d.h. Resize-Reaktion an den
-    // DockingWindows unterdr"ucken)
+    // Lock SplitWindows (which means supressing the Resize-Reaction of the 
+    // DockingWindows)
     USHORT n;
     for ( n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
@@ -1450,7 +1447,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
             p->Lock();
     }
 
-    // was man so "ofters braucht, merkt man sich (spart Code und Laufzeit)
+    // you realize what is needed often (saves Code and execution time)
     SFX_APP();
 
     Reference< com::sun::star::beans::XPropertySet > xPropSet( GetFrameInterface(), UNO_QUERY );
@@ -1475,21 +1472,21 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
            bPluginMode = IsPluginMode( pFrame->GetObjectShell() );
     }
 
-    // "uber alle Toolboxen iterieren
+    // Iterate over all Toolboxes
     xLayoutManager->lock();
     for ( n = 0; n < aObjBarList.size(); ++n )
     {
         USHORT      nId      = aObjBarList[n].nId;
         sal_Bool    bDestroy = aObjBarList[n].bDestroy;
 
-        // die Modi bestimmen, f"ur die die ToolBox gilt
+        // Determine the vaild mode for the ToolBox
         USHORT nTbxMode = aObjBarList[n].nMode;
         bool bFullScreenTbx = SFX_VISIBILITY_FULLSCREEN ==
                                   ( nTbxMode & SFX_VISIBILITY_FULLSCREEN );
         nTbxMode &= ~SFX_VISIBILITY_FULLSCREEN;
         nTbxMode &= ~SFX_VISIBILITY_VIEWER;
 
-        // wird in diesem Kontext eine ToolBox gefordert?
+        // Is a ToolBox required in this context ?
         bool bModesMatching = ( nUpdateMode && ( nTbxMode & nUpdateMode) == nUpdateMode );
         if ( bDestroy )
         {
@@ -1513,7 +1510,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
         }
         else if ( nId != 0 )
         {
-            // ggf. Toolbox an dieser Position l"oschen
+            // Delete the Toolbox at this Position if possible
             rtl::OUString aTbxId( m_aTbxTypeName );
             aTbxId += GetResourceURLFromResId( aObjBarList[n].nId );
             xLayoutManager->destroyElement( aTbxId );
@@ -1527,7 +1524,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl()
 
     UpdateChildWindows_Impl();
 
-    // SplitWindows wieder ent-locken
+    // Unlock the SplitWindows again
     for ( n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
         SfxSplitWindow *p = pSplit[n];
@@ -1548,16 +1545,16 @@ bool SfxWorkWindow::AllowChildWindowCreation_Impl( const SfxChildWin_Impl& 
i_rCW
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateChildWindows_Impl()
 {
-    // alle vorhandenen oder in den Kontext gekommenen ChildWindows
-    for ( USHORT n=0; n<pChildWins->Count(); n++ )
+    // any current or in the context available Childwindows 
+   for ( USHORT n=0; n<pChildWins->Count(); n++ )
     {
         SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW = (*pChildWins)[n];
         SfxChildWindow *pChildWin = pCW->pWin;
         BOOL bCreate = FALSE;
         if ( pCW->nId && !pCW->bDisabled  && (pCW->aInfo.nFlags & SFX_CHILDWIN_ALWAYSAVAILABLE || 
IsVisible_Impl( pCW->nVisibility ) ) )
         {
-            // Im Kontext ist ein geeignetes ChildWindow erlaubt;
-            // ist es auch eingeschaltet ?
+            // In the context is an appropriate ChildWindow allowed; 
+            // it is also turned on?
             if ( pChildWin == NULL && pCW->bCreate )
             {
                 // Internal docking is only used for embedding into another
@@ -1571,7 +1568,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateChildWindows_Impl()
                 }
                 else if ( !IsDockingAllowed() || bIsFullScreen ) // || !bInternalDocking )
                 {
-                    // im PresentationMode oder FullScreen nur FloatingWindows
+                    // In Presentation mode or FullScreen only FloatingWindows
                     SfxChildAlignment eAlign;
                     if ( pCW->aInfo.GetExtraData_Impl( &eAlign ) )
                         bCreate = ( eAlign == SFX_ALIGN_NOALIGNMENT );
@@ -1582,8 +1579,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateChildWindows_Impl()
                 if ( bCreate )
                     bCreate = AllowChildWindowCreation_Impl( *pCW );
 
-                // Momentan kein Fenster da, aber es ist eingeschaltet; Fenster
-                // und ggf. Context erzeugen
+                // Currently, no window here, but it is enabled; windows 
+                // Create window and if possible theContext
                 if ( bCreate )
                     CreateChildWin_Impl( pCW, FALSE );
 
@@ -1595,23 +1592,23 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateChildWindows_Impl()
             }
             else if ( pChildWin )
             {
-                // Fenster existiert schon; soll es auch sichtbar sein ?
+                // Window already exists, it should also be visible?
                 if ( ( !bIsFullScreen || pChildWin->GetAlignment() == SFX_ALIGN_NOALIGNMENT ) && 
bAllChildsVisible )
                 {
-                    // Updatemode ist kompatibel; auf jeden Fall wieder einschalten
+                    // Update Mode is compatible; definitely enable it
                     bCreate = AllowChildWindowCreation_Impl( *pCW );
                     if ( bCreate )
                     {
                         if ( pCW->pCli )
                         {
-                            // Fenster ist direktes Child
+                            // The window is a direct Child
                             if ( bAllChildsVisible && ( (IsDockingAllowed() && 
bInternalDockingAllowed) || pCW->pCli->eAlign == SFX_ALIGN_NOALIGNMENT ) )
                                 pCW->pCli->nVisible |= CHILD_NOT_HIDDEN;
                         }
                         else
                         {
                             if ( pCW->bCreate && IsDockingAllowed() && bInternalDockingAllowed )
-                                // Fenster liegt in einem SplitWindow
+                                // The window ia within a SplitWindow
                                 ((SfxDockingWindow*)pChildWin->GetWindow())->Reappear_Impl();
                         }
 
@@ -1651,16 +1648,18 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::CreateChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW, BOOL 
bSetFocus )
         if ( bSetFocus )
             bSetFocus = pChildWin->WantsFocus();
         pChildWin->SetWorkWindow_Impl( this );
-        // Zumindest der ExtraString wird beim Auswerten ver"andert, also neu holen
+
+        // At least the extra string is changed during the evaluation, 
+        // also get it anewed 
         SfxChildWinInfo aInfo = pChildWin->GetInfo();
         pCW->aInfo.aExtraString = aInfo.aExtraString;
         pCW->aInfo.bVisible = aInfo.bVisible;
         pCW->aInfo.nFlags |= aInfo.nFlags;
 
-        // Nein !! Sonst kann man keine Fenster defaultmaessig ausschalten ( Partwindow! )
-//             pCW->aInfo.bVisible = TRUE;
+        // No! Otherwise, you could have disable any window stored (Partwindow!)
+//              pCW->aInfo.bVisible = TRUE;
 
-        // Erzeugung war erfolgreich
+        // The creation was successful
         GetBindings().Invalidate(pCW->nId);
 
         USHORT nPos = pChildWin->GetPosition();
@@ -1668,9 +1667,9 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::CreateChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW, BOOL 
bSetFocus )
         {
             DBG_ASSERT(nPos < SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX, "Illegal objectbar position!");
             if ((*pChilds)[TbxMatch(nPos)])// &&
-//                                                       pChildWin->GetAlignment() == 
(*pChilds)[nPos]->eAlign )
+//       pChildWin->GetAlignment() == (*pChilds)[nPos]->eAlign )
             {
-                // ChildWindow ersetzt ObjectBar
+                // ChildWindow replaces ObjectBar
                 (*pChilds)[TbxMatch(nPos)]->nVisible ^= CHILD_NOT_HIDDEN;
             }
         }
@@ -1682,9 +1681,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::CreateChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW, BOOL 
bSetFocus )
 
         if ( pChildWin->GetAlignment() == SFX_ALIGN_NOALIGNMENT || 
pChildWin->GetWindow()->GetParent() == pWorkWin)
         {
-            // Das Fenster ist entweder nicht angedockt oder au\serhalb
-            // eines SplitWindows angedockt und mu\s daher explizit als
-            // Child registriert werden
+            // The window is not docked or docked outside of one split windows 
+            // and must therefore be registered explicitly as a Child
             pCW->pCli = RegisterChild_Impl(*(pChildWin->GetWindow()), pChildWin->GetAlignment(), 
pChildWin->CanGetFocus());
             pCW->pCli->nVisible = CHILD_VISIBLE;
             if ( pChildWin->GetAlignment() != SFX_ALIGN_NOALIGNMENT && bIsFullScreen )
@@ -1693,17 +1691,15 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::CreateChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW, BOOL 
bSetFocus )
         }
         else
         {
-            // Ein angedocktes Fenster, dessen Parent nicht das WorkWindow ist,
-            // mu\s in einem SplitWindow liegen und daher nicht explizit
-            // registriert werden.
-            // Das passiert aber schon bei der Initialisierung des
-            // SfxDockingWindows!
+            // A docked window which parent is not a WorkingWindow, must lie 
+            // in a SplitWindow and thus not be explicitly registered. 
+            // This happens already in the initialization of SfxDockingWindows!
         }
 
         if ( pCW->nInterfaceId != pChildWin->GetContextId() )
             pChildWin->CreateContext( pCW->nInterfaceId, GetBindings() );
 
-        // Information in der INI-Datei sichern
+        // Save the information in the INI file 
         SaveStatus_Impl(pChildWin, pCW->aInfo);
     }
 }
@@ -1713,24 +1709,24 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::RemoveChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW )
     USHORT nId = pCW->nSaveId;
     SfxChildWindow *pChildWin = pCW->pWin;
 
-    // vorhandenes Fenster geht aus dem Kontext und wird daher entfernt
+    // existing window goes out of the context and is therefore removed
     USHORT nPos = pChildWin->GetPosition();
     if (nPos != CHILDWIN_NOPOS)
     {
 /*
-        // ChildWindow "uberlagert einen ObjectBar
+        // ChildWindow overloads a ObjectBar
         DBG_ASSERT(nPos < SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX, "Illegal objectbar position!");
         if ((*pChilds)[TbxMatch(nPos)] &&
             (aObjBars[nPos].nMode & nUpdateMode) ) //&&
-//                                                pChildWin->GetAlignment() == 
(*pChilds)[nPos]->eAlign )
+//                                                 pChildWin->GetAlignment() == 
(*pChilds)[nPos]->eAlign )
         {
-            // ObjectBar war "uberlagert; jetzt wieder anzeigen
+            // ObjectBar was overloaded; now display it again
             (*pChilds)[TbxMatch(nPos)]->nVisible ^= CHILD_NOT_HIDDEN;
         }
 */
     }
 
-    // Information in der INI-Datei sichern
+    // Save the information in the INI file 
     USHORT nFlags = pCW->aInfo.nFlags;
     pCW->aInfo = pChildWin->GetInfo();
     pCW->aInfo.nFlags |= nFlags;
@@ -1740,15 +1736,15 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::RemoveChildWin_Impl( SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW )
 
     if ( pCW->pCli )
     {
-        // ChildWindow ist ein direktes ChildWindow und mu\s sich daher
-        // beim WorkWindow abmelden
+        // Child window is a direct child window and must therefore unregister 
+        // itself from the  WorkWindow
         pCW->pCli = 0;
         ReleaseChild_Impl(*pChildWin->GetWindow());
     }
     else
     {
-        // ChildWindow liegt in einem SplitWindow und meldet sich
-        // selbst im dtor dort ab
+        // ChildWindow is within a SplitWindow and unregister itself in 
+        // the destructor.
     }
 
     pWorkWin->GetSystemWindow()->GetTaskPaneList()->RemoveWindow( pChildWin->GetWindow() );
@@ -1790,7 +1786,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetTempStatusBar_Impl( BOOL bSet )
         aStatBar.bTemp = bSet;
         if ( !bOn || bReset || (!bSet && aStatBar.nId ) )
         {
-            // Nur was tun, wenn die Temp-Einstellung wirklich was bewirkt
+            // Just do something if the temp settings really are causing
+            // anything 
             UpdateStatusBar_Impl();
             ArrangeChilds_Impl();
             ShowChilds_Impl();
@@ -1809,21 +1806,20 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateStatusBar_Impl()
     Any aValue = xPropSet->getPropertyValue( m_aLayoutManagerPropName );
     aValue >>= xLayoutManager;
 
-    // keine Statusleiste, wenn keine Id gew"unscht oder bei FullScreenView
-    // oder wenn ausgeschaltet
+    // No status bar, if no ID is required or when in FullScreenView or 
+    // if disabled
     if ( aStatBar.nId && IsDockingAllowed() && bInternalDockingAllowed && bShowStatusBar &&
          ( (aStatBar.bOn && !bIsFullScreen) || aStatBar.bTemp ) )
     {
-        // Id hat sich ge"andert, also passenden Statusbarmanager erzeugen,
-        // dieser "ubernimmt die aktuelle Statusleiste;
+        // Id has changed, thus create a suitable Statusbarmanager, this takes 
+        // over the  current status bar;
         if ( xLayoutManager.is() )
             xLayoutManager->requestElement( m_aStatusBarResName );
     }
     else
     {
-        // Aktuelle StatusBar vernichten
-        // Der Manager erzeugt die Statusleiste nur, er zerst"ort sie
-        // nicht !
+        // Destroy the current StatusBar
+        // The Manager only creates the Status bar, does not destroy it.
         if ( xLayoutManager.is() )
             xLayoutManager->destroyElement( m_aStatusBarResName );
     }
@@ -1989,14 +1985,14 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ConfigChild_Impl(SfxChildIdentifier eChild,
             if ( nPos == USHRT_MAX )
                 return;
 
-//                     SfxChild_Impl *pChild = (*pChilds)[nPos];
+//                      SfxChild_Impl *pChild = (*pChilds)[nPos];
             Rectangle aOuterRect( GetTopRect_Impl() );
             aOuterRect.SetPos( pWorkWin->OutputToScreenPixel( aOuterRect.TopLeft() ));
             Rectangle aInnerRect( aOuterRect );
             BOOL bTbx = (eChild == SFX_CHILDWIN_OBJECTBAR);
 
-            // Das gerade betroffene Fenster wird bei der Berechnung des
-            // inneren Rechtecks mit eingeschlossen!
+            // The current affected window is included in the calculation of 
+            // the inner rectangle!
             for ( USHORT m=0; m<aSortedList.Count(); ++m )
             {
                 USHORT i=aSortedList[m];
@@ -2007,93 +2003,93 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ConfigChild_Impl(SfxChildIdentifier eChild,
                     switch ( pCli->eAlign )
                     {
                         case SFX_ALIGN_TOP:
-                            // Objekt-Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Objekt-Toolboxes come always last
                             //if ( bTbx || i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Top() += pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_TOOLBOXTOP:
-                            // Toolbox geht nur vor, wenn nicht h"ohere Position
+                            // Toolbox has priority, if no higher Position
                             if ( bTbx && i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Top() += pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_HIGHESTTOP:
-                            // Geht immer vor
+                            // Always performed first
                             aInnerRect.Top() += pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_LOWESTTOP:
-                            // Wird nur mitgez"ahlt, wenn es das aktuelle Fenster ist
+                            // Is only counted if it is the current window
                             if ( i == nPos )
                                 aInnerRect.Top() += pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_BOTTOM:
-                            // Objekt-Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Objekt-Toolboxes come always last
                             //if ( bTbx || i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Bottom() -= pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_TOOLBOXBOTTOM:
-                            // Toolbox geht nur vor, wenn nicht h"ohere Position
+                            // Toolbox has priority, if no higher Position
                             if ( bTbx && i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Bottom() -= pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_LOWESTBOTTOM:
-                            // Geht immer vor
+                            // Always performed first
                             aInnerRect.Bottom() -= pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_HIGHESTBOTTOM:
-                            // Wird nur mitgez"ahlt, wenn es das aktuelle Fenster ist
+                            // Is only counted if it is the current window
                             if ( i == nPos )
                                 aInnerRect.Bottom() -= pCli->aSize.Height();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_LEFT:
-                            // Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Toolboxes come always last
                             //if (bTbx || i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Left() += pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_TOOLBOXLEFT:
-                            // Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Toolboxes come always last
                             if (bTbx && i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Left() += pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_FIRSTLEFT:
-                            // Geht immer vor
+                            // Always performed first
                             aInnerRect.Left() += pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_LASTLEFT:
-                            // Wird nur mitgez"ahlt, wenn es das aktuelle Fenster ist
+                            // Is only counted if it is the current window
                             if (i == nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Left() += pCli->aSize.Width();
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_RIGHT:
-                            // Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Toolboxes come always last
                             //if (bTbx || i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Right() -= pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_TOOLBOXRIGHT:
-                            // Toolboxen kommen immer zuletzt
+                            // Toolboxes come always last
                             if (bTbx && i <= nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Right() -= pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_FIRSTRIGHT:
-                            // Wird nur mitgez"ahlt, wenn es das aktuelle Fenster ist
+                            // Is only counted if it is the current window
                             if (i == nPos)
                                 aInnerRect.Right() -= pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
                         case SFX_ALIGN_LASTRIGHT:
-                            // Geht immer vor
+                            // Always performed first
                             aInnerRect.Right() -= pCli->aSize.Width();
                             break;
 
@@ -2165,14 +2161,14 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindowVisible_Impl( sal_uInt32 lId, BOOL 
bEnabled, U
     SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW=NULL;
     SfxWorkWindow *pWork = pParent;
 
-    // Den obersten parent nehmen; ChildWindows werden immer am WorkWindow
-    // der Task bzw. des Frames oder am AppWorkWindow angemeldet
+    // Get the top parent, child windows are alwas registered at the 
+    // task of the WorkWindow for example the frame or on AppWorkWindow 
     while ( pWork && pWork->pParent )
         pWork = pWork->pParent;
 
     if ( pWork )
     {
-        // Dem Parent schon bekannt ?
+        // The Parent already known?
         USHORT nCount = pWork->pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pWork->pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2184,7 +2180,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindowVisible_Impl( sal_uInt32 lId, BOOL 
bEnabled, U
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Kein Parent oder dem Parent noch unbekannt, dann bei mir suchen
+        // If no Parent or the Parent us still unknown, then search here
         USHORT nCount = pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2196,8 +2192,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindowVisible_Impl( sal_uInt32 lId, BOOL 
bEnabled, U
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Ist neu, also initialisieren; je nach Flag beim Parent oder bei
-        // mir eintragen
+        // If new, then initialize, add this here depending on the flag or 
+        // the Parent  
         pCW = new SfxChildWin_Impl( lId );
         pCW->nId = nId;
         InitializeChild_Impl( pCW );
@@ -2216,7 +2212,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindowVisible_Impl( sal_uInt32 lId, BOOL 
bEnabled, U
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Der An/Aus-Status eines ChildWindows wird umgeschaltet.
+// The on/of-Status of a ChildWindows is switched
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::ToggleChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bSetFocus)
 {
@@ -2228,7 +2224,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ToggleChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bSetFocus)
 
     if ( n<nCount )
     {
-        // Das Fenster ist schon bekannt
+        // The Window is aleady known
         SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW = (*pChildWins)[n];
         SfxChildWindow *pChild = pCW->pWin;
 
@@ -2255,7 +2251,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ToggleChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bSetFocus)
                         }
                         else
                         {
-                            // Fenster soll ausgeschaltet werdem
+                            // The Window should be switched off 
                             pChild->SetVisible_Impl( FALSE );
                             RemoveChildWin_Impl( pCW );
                         }
@@ -2318,11 +2314,11 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ToggleChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bSetFocus)
 
     if ( n < nCount )
     {
-        DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow ist nicht im Kontext!");
+        DBG_ERROR("The ChildWindow is not in context!");
     }
     else
     {
-        DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow ist nicht registriert!");
+        DBG_ERROR("The ChildWindow is not registered!");
     }
 #endif
 }
@@ -2355,14 +2351,14 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::IsFloating( USHORT nId )
     SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW=NULL;
     SfxWorkWindow *pWork = pParent;
 
-    // Den obersten parent nehmen; ChildWindows werden immer am WorkWindow
-    // der Task bzw. des Frames oder am AppWorkWindow angemeldet
+    // Get the top parent, child windows are alwas registered at the 
+    // task of the WorkWindow for example the frame or on AppWorkWindow 
     while ( pWork && pWork->pParent )
         pWork = pWork->pParent;
 
     if ( pWork )
     {
-        // Dem Parent schon bekannt ?
+        // The Parent already known?
         USHORT nCount = pWork->pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pWork->pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2374,7 +2370,7 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::IsFloating( USHORT nId )
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Kein Parent oder dem Parent noch unbekannt, dann bei mir suchen
+        // If no Parent or the Parent us still unknown, then search here
         USHORT nCount = pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2386,8 +2382,8 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::IsFloating( USHORT nId )
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Ist neu, also initialisieren; je nach Flag beim Parent oder bei
-        // mir eintragen
+        // If new, then initialize, add this here depending on the flag or 
+        // the Parent  
         pCW = new SfxChildWin_Impl( nId );
         pCW->bEnable = FALSE;
         pCW->nId = 0;
@@ -2439,14 +2435,14 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bOn, BOOL 
bSetFocus)
     SfxChildWin_Impl *pCW=NULL;
     SfxWorkWindow *pWork = pParent;
 
-    // Den obersten parent nehmen; ChildWindows werden immer am WorkWindow
-    // der Task bzw. des Frames oder am AppWorkWindow angemeldet
+    // Get the top parent, child windows are alwas registered at the 
+    // task of the WorkWindow for example the frame or on AppWorkWindow 
     while ( pWork && pWork->pParent )
         pWork = pWork->pParent;
 
     if ( pWork )
     {
-        // Dem Parent schon bekannt ?
+        // The Parent already known?
         USHORT nCount = pWork->pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pWork->pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2458,7 +2454,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bOn, BOOL bSetFocus)
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Kein Parent oder dem Parent noch unbekannt, dann bei mir suchen
+        // If no Parent or the Parent us still unknown, then search here
         USHORT nCount = pChildWins->Count();
         for (USHORT n=0; n<nCount; n++)
             if ((*pChildWins)[n]->nSaveId == nId)
@@ -2471,8 +2467,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bOn, BOOL bSetFocus)
 
     if ( !pCW )
     {
-        // Ist neu, also initialisieren; je nach Flag beim Parent oder bei
-        // mir eintragen
+        // If new, then initialize, add this here depending on the flag or 
+        // the Parent  
         pCW = new SfxChildWin_Impl( nId );
         InitializeChild_Impl( pCW );
         if ( !pWork || pCW->aInfo.nFlags & SFX_CHILDWIN_TASK )
@@ -2563,11 +2559,11 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ShowChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId, BOOL bVisible, BOOL 
bSetFoc
 
     if ( n<nCount )
     {
-        DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow ist nicht im Kontext!");
+        DBG_ERROR("The ChildWindow is not in context!");
     }
     else
     {
-        DBG_ERROR("ChildWindow ist nicht registriert!");
+        DBG_ERROR("The ChildWindow is not registered");
     }
 #endif
 }
@@ -2593,8 +2589,8 @@ SfxChildWindow* SfxWorkWindow::GetChildWindow_Impl(USHORT nId)
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::ResetChildWindows_Impl()
 {
-//     if ( pParent )
-//             pParent->ResetChildWindows_Impl();
+//      if ( pParent )
+//              pParent->ResetChildWindows_Impl();
 
     for ( USHORT n = 0; n < pChildWins->Count(); ++n )
     {
@@ -2604,9 +2600,8 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ResetChildWindows_Impl()
 }
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Virtuelle Methode, die die Gr"o\se der Fl"ache (client area) des parent
-// windows liefert, in der Child-Fenster angeordnet werden k"onnen.
-// in der ClientArea des parent findet.
+// Virtual method that returns the size of the area (client area) of the 
+// parent windows, in which the ChildWindow can be fitted. 
 
 Rectangle SfxWorkWindow::GetTopRect_Impl()
 {
@@ -2614,9 +2609,8 @@ Rectangle SfxWorkWindow::GetTopRect_Impl()
 }
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Virtuelle Methode, die die Gr"o\se der Fl"ache (client area) des parent
-// windows liefert, in der Child-Fenster angeordnet werden k"onnen.
-// in der ClientArea des parent findet.
+// Virtual method that returns the size of the area (client area) of the 
+// parent windows, in which the ChildWindow can be fitted. 
 
 Rectangle SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::GetTopRect_Impl()
 {
@@ -2624,8 +2618,8 @@ Rectangle SfxFrameWorkWin_Impl::GetTopRect_Impl()
 }
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Virtuelle Methode, um herauszufinden, ob ein Child-Fenster noch Platz
-// in der ClientArea des parent findet.
+// Virtual method to find out if there is room for a ChildWindow in the 
+// client area of the parent.
 
 BOOL SfxWorkWindow::RequestTopToolSpacePixel_Impl( SvBorder aBorder )
 {
@@ -2639,7 +2633,7 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::RequestTopToolSpacePixel_Impl( SvBorder aBorder )
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::SaveStatus_Impl(SfxChildWindow *pChild, const SfxChildWinInfo &rInfo)
 {
-    // Den Status vom Presentation mode wollen wir nicht sichern
+    // The Status of the Presentation mode is not saved
     if ( IsDockingAllowed() && bInternalDockingAllowed )
         pChild->SaveStatus(rInfo);
 }
@@ -2802,11 +2796,10 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
     Rectangle aArea( aUpperClientArea );
     for ( USHORT n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
     {
-        // Es werden entweder Dummyfenster oder Fenster im AutoShow-Modus
-        // ( nicht gepinned, FadeIn ) behandelt.
-        // Nur das "ubergebene Fenster darf unsichtbar sein, denn vielleicht
-        // soll daf"ur gerade die Gr"o\se berechnet werden, bevor es angezeigt
-        // wird.
+        // Either dummy window or window in the auto-show-mode are processed
+        // (not pinned, FadeIn). 
+        // Only the abandoned window may be invisible, because perhaps its  
+        // size is just beeing calculated before it is displayed.
         SfxSplitWindow* pSplitWin = pSplit[n];
         BOOL bDummyWindow = !pSplitWin->IsFadeIn();
         Window *pDummy = pSplitWin->GetSplitWindow();
@@ -2814,7 +2807,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
         if ( (pSplitWin->IsPinned() && !bDummyWindow) || (!pWin->IsVisible() && pActSplitWin != 
pSplitWin) )
             continue;
 
-        // Breite und Position des Dummy-Fensters als Ausgangspunkt
+        // Width and position of the dummy window as a starting point
         Size aSize = pDummy->GetSizePixel();
         Point aPos = pDummy->GetPosPixel();
 
@@ -2822,13 +2815,13 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
         {
             case ( 0 ) :
             {
-                // Linkes SplitWindow
-                // Breite vom Fenster selbst holen, wenn nicht das DummyWindow
+                // Left SplitWindow
+                // Get the width of the Window yourself, if no DummyWindow
                 if ( !bDummyWindow )
                     aSize.Width() = pSplitWin->GetSizePixel().Width();
 
-                // Wenn links ein Window sichtbar ist, beginnt der freie
-                // Bereich rechts davon bzw. bei der Client area
+                // If a Window is visable to the left, then the free region
+                // starts to the right from it, for example at the Client area
                 long nLeft = aPos.X() + aSize.Width();
                 if ( nLeft > aArea.Left() )
                     aArea.Left() = nLeft;
@@ -2836,26 +2829,26 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
             }
             case ( 1 ) :
             {
-                // Rechtes SplitWindow
-                // Position um Differenz der Breiten korrigieren
+                // Right SplitWindow
+                // Position to correct the difference of the widths
                 aPos.X() += aSize.Width();
 
-                // Breite vom Fenster selbst holen, wenn nicht das DummyWindow
+                // Get the width of the Window yourself, if no DummyWindow
                 if ( !bDummyWindow )
                     aSize.Width() = pSplitWin->GetSizePixel().Width();
 
                 aPos.X() -= aSize.Width();
 
-                // Wenn links schon ein Fenster aufgeklappt ist, darf
-                // das rechte nicht dar"uber gehen
+                // If already a window is opened at the left side, then the 
+                // right is not allowed to overlap this one. 
                 if ( aPos.X() < aArea.Left() )
                 {
                     aPos.X() = aArea.Left();
                     aSize.Width() = aArea.GetWidth();
                 }
 
-                // Wenn rechts ein Window sichtbar ist, endet der freie
-                // Bereich links davon bzw. bei der Client area
+                // If a Window is visable to the right, then the free region
+                // starts to the left from it, for example at the Client area
                 long nRight = aPos.X();
                 if ( nRight < aArea.Right() )
                     aArea.Right() = nRight;
@@ -2863,18 +2856,19 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
             }
             case ( 2 ) :
             {
-                // Oberes SplitWindow
-                // H"ohe vom Fenster selbst holen, wenn nicht das DummyWindow
+                // Top SplitWindow
+                // Get the height of the Window yourself, if no DummyWindow
                 if ( !bDummyWindow )
                     aSize.Height() = pSplitWin->GetSizePixel().Height();
 
-                // Breite anpassen, je nachdem ob links oder rechts
-                // schon ein Fenster aufgeklappt ist
+
+                // Adjust width with regard to if a Window is already open 
+                // to the left or right
                 aPos.X() = aArea.Left();
                 aSize.Width() = aArea.GetWidth();
 
-                // Wenn oben ein Window sichtbar ist, beginnt der freie
-                // Bereich darunter bzw. bei der Client Area
+                // If a Window is visable at the top, then the free region
+                // starts beneath it, for example at the Client area
                 long nTop = aPos.Y() + aSize.Height();
                 if ( nTop > aArea.Top() )
                     aArea.Top() = nTop;
@@ -2882,23 +2876,23 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
             }
             case ( 3 ) :
             {
-                // Das untere SplitWindow
-                // Position um Differenz der H"ohen korrigieren
+                // The bottom SplitWindow
+                // Position to correct the difference of the heights
                 aPos.Y() += aSize.Height();
 
-                // H"ohe vom Fenster selbst holen, wenn nicht das DummmyWindow
+                // Get the height of the Window yourself, if no DummyWindow
                 if ( !bDummyWindow )
                     aSize.Height() = pSplitWin->GetSizePixel().Height();
 
                 aPos.Y() -= aSize.Height();
 
-                // Breite anpassen, je nachdem ob links oder rechts
-                // schon ein Fenster aufgeklappt ist
+                // Adjust width with regard to if a Window is already open 
+                // to the left or right.
                 aPos.X() = aArea.Left();
                 aSize.Width() = aArea.GetWidth();
 
-                // Wenn oben schon ein Fenster aufgeklappt ist, darf
-                // das untere nicht dar"uber gehen
+                // If already a window is opened at the top, then the 
+                // bottom one is not allowed to overlap this one.
                 if ( aPos.Y() < aArea.Top() )
                 {
                     aPos.Y() = aArea.Top();
@@ -2910,11 +2904,11 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin )
         }
 
         if ( !bDummyWindow )
-            // Das FadeIn-Window ist ein Float, dessen Koordinaten in
-            // Screenkoordinaten gesetzt werden
+            // the FadeIn-Window is a Floating window, which coordinates are 
+            // set in Screen coordinates. 
             pSplitWin->SetPosSizePixel( pWorkWin->OutputToScreenPixel(aPos), aSize );
         else
-            // Das angedockte DummyWindow
+            // the docked DummyWindow
             pDummy->SetPosSizePixel( aPos, aSize );
     }
 }
@@ -2990,14 +2984,14 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::SetActiveChild_Impl( Window *pChild )
     pActiveChild = pChild;
 }
 
-Window*        SfxWorkWindow::GetActiveChild_Impl()
+Window* SfxWorkWindow::GetActiveChild_Impl()
 {
     return pActiveChild;
 }
 
 BOOL SfxWorkWindow::ActivateNextChild_Impl( BOOL bForward )
 {
-    // Alle Kinder gem"a\s Liste sortieren
+    // Sort all children under list
     SvUShorts aList;
     for ( USHORT i=SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX; i<pChilds->Count(); i++)
     {
@@ -3027,7 +3021,7 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::ActivateNextChild_Impl( BOOL bForward )
     SfxChild_Impl *pAct=NULL;
     if ( pActiveChild )
     {
-        // Das aktive Fenster suchen
+        // Look for the active window
         for ( n=0; n<aList.Count(); n++ )
         {
             SfxChild_Impl* pCli = (*pChilds)[aList[n]];
@@ -3047,7 +3041,7 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::ActivateNextChild_Impl( BOOL bForward )
     {
         for ( USHORT i=0; i<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; i++ )
         {
-            // Eventuell ist pAct ein Splitwindow
+            // Maybe the pNext is a Splitwindow
             SfxSplitWindow *p = pSplit[i];
             if ( pAct->pWin == p )
             {
@@ -3057,8 +3051,8 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::ActivateNextChild_Impl( BOOL bForward )
             }
         }
 
-        // pAct ist ein direktes ChildWindow
-        // mit dem Nachfolger bzw. Vorg"anger des aktiven Fensters weitermachen
+        // pAct is a direct ChildWindow
+        // continue with the successor or predecessor of the active window
         if ( bForward )
             n = n+1;
         else
@@ -3076,11 +3070,11 @@ BOOL SfxWorkWindow::ActivateNextChild_Impl( BOOL bForward )
             SfxChild_Impl* pNext = pCli;
             for ( USHORT i=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ )
             {
-                // Eventuell ist pNext ein Splitwindow
+                // Maybe the pNext is a Splitwindow
                 SfxSplitWindow *p = pSplit[i];
                 if ( pNext->pWin == p )
                 {
-                    // Das erste/letzte Fenster dort aktivieren
+                    // Activate the first/last window 
                     p->SetActiveWindow_Impl( NULL );
                     pNext = NULL;
                     if( p->ActivateNextChild_Impl( bForward ) )
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/bastyp.hrc b/sfx2/source/bastyp/bastyp.hrc
index 36e3047..decf21c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/bastyp.hrc
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/bastyp.hrc
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
 
 #include <sfx2/sfx.hrc>
 
-//fuer das Mapping Fehlercode -> ResId
+//for the mapping error code -> ResId
 
-#define RC_BASTYP                                              RID_SFX_BASTYP_START
-#define STR_FILTER_NOT_INSTALLED               (RC_BASTYP +  9)
-#define STR_FILTER_CONSULT_SERVICE             (RC_BASTYP + 10)
-#define STR_MEMEXCEPTION                               (RC_BASTYP + 28)
-#define MSG_MEM_WARN                                   (RC_BASTYP + 29)
-#define STR_HTML_GENERATOR                             (RC_BASTYP + 30)
+#define RC_BASTYP                                               RID_SFX_BASTYP_START
+#define STR_FILTER_NOT_INSTALLED                (RC_BASTYP +  9)
+#define STR_FILTER_CONSULT_SERVICE              (RC_BASTYP + 10)
+#define STR_MEMEXCEPTION                                (RC_BASTYP + 28)
+#define MSG_MEM_WARN                                    (RC_BASTYP + 29)
+#define STR_HTML_GENERATOR                              (RC_BASTYP + 30)
 
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltfnc.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltfnc.cxx
index b083ef6..2285a8e 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltfnc.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltfnc.cxx
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ inline String ToUpper_Impl( const String &rStr )
 class SfxFilterContainer_Impl
 {
 public:
-    String                             aName;
-    String                             aServiceName;
+    String                              aName;
+    String                              aServiceName;
 
                         SfxFilterContainer_Impl( const String& rName )
                             : aName( rName )
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ const SfxFilter* SfxFilterContainer::GetDefaultFilter_Impl( const String& rName
     const SfxFilter* pFilter = aMatcher.GetFilter4FilterName(sDefaultFilter);
 
     if (
-        (pFilter                                                                                   
                                                                    ) &&
+        (pFilter                                                                                   
                                                                     ) &&
         (pFilter->GetServiceName().CompareIgnoreCaseToAscii( sServiceName ) != COMPARE_EQUAL)
        )
     {
@@ -256,11 +256,11 @@ static SfxFilterMatcherArr_Impl* pImplArr = 0;
 class SfxFilterMatcher_Impl
 {
 public:
-    ::rtl::OUString    aName;
-    SfxFilterList_Impl* pList;         // is created on demand
+    ::rtl::OUString     aName;
+    SfxFilterList_Impl* pList;          // is created on demand
 
-    void                               InitForIterating() const;
-    void                               Update();
+    void                                InitForIterating() const;
+    void                                Update();
                         SfxFilterMatcher_Impl()
                             : pList(0)
                         {}
@@ -390,18 +390,18 @@ sal_uInt32  SfxFilterMatcher::GuessFilterIgnoringContent(
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#define CHECKERROR()                                                                               
    \
-if( nErr == 1 || nErr == USHRT_MAX || nErr == ULONG_MAX )              \
-{                                                                                                  
                            \
+#define CHECKERROR()                                                                               
     \
+if( nErr == 1 || nErr == USHRT_MAX || nErr == ULONG_MAX )               \
+{                                                                                                  
                             \
     ByteString aText = "Fehler in FilterDetection: Returnwert ";\
-    aText += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(nErr);                                        \
-    if( pFilter )                                                                                  
            \
-    {                                                                                              
                    \
-        aText += ' ';                                                                              
    \
+    aText += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(nErr);                                 \
+    if( pFilter )                                                                                  
             \
+    {                                                                                              
                     \
+        aText += ' ';                                                                              
     \
         aText += ByteString(U2S(pFilter->GetFilterName()));     \
-    }                                                                                              
                    \
-    DBG_ERROR( aText.GetBuffer() );                                                            \
-    nErr = ERRCODE_ABORT;                                                                          
    \
+    }                                                                                              
                     \
+    DBG_ERROR( aText.GetBuffer() );                                                             \
+    nErr = ERRCODE_ABORT;                                                                          
     \
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxFilterMatcher::IsFilterInstalled_Impl( const SfxFilter* pFilter )
 {
     if ( pFilter->GetFilterFlags() & SFX_FILTER_MUSTINSTALL )
     {
-        // Hier k"onnte noch eine Nachinstallation angeboten werden
+        // Here could a  re-installation be offered
         String aText( SfxResId( STR_FILTER_NOT_INSTALLED ) );
         aText.SearchAndReplaceAscii( "$(FILTER)", pFilter->GetUIName() );
         QueryBox aQuery( NULL, WB_YES_NO | WB_DEF_YES, aText );
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ sal_Bool SfxFilterMatcher::IsFilterInstalled_Impl( const SfxFilter* pFilter )
         if ( nRet == RET_YES )
         {
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-            // Setup starten
-            InfoBox( NULL, DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE("Hier soll jetzt das Setup starten!") ).Execute();
+            // Start Setup
+            InfoBox( NULL, DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE("Here should the Setup now be starting!") 
).Execute();
 #endif
-            // Installation mu\s hier noch mitteilen, ob es geklappt hat, dann kann das
-            // Filterflag gel"oscht werden
+            // Installation must still give feedback if it worked or not, 
+            // then the  Filterflag be deleted
         }
 
         return ( !(pFilter->GetFilterFlags() & SFX_FILTER_MUSTINSTALL) );
@@ -516,9 +516,9 @@ sal_Bool SfxFilterMatcher::IsFilterInstalled_Impl( const SfxFilter* pFilter )
 
 
 sal_uInt32 SfxFilterMatcher::DetectFilter( SfxMedium& rMedium, const SfxFilter**ppFilter, sal_Bool 
/*bPlugIn*/, sal_Bool bAPI ) const
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hier wird noch die Filterauswahlbox hochgezogen. Sonst GuessFilter
+    Here the Filter selection box is pulled up. Otherwise GuessFilter
  */
 
 {
@@ -557,17 +557,18 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxFilterMatcher::DetectFilter( SfxMedium& rMedium, const 
SfxFilter**
     {
         const SfxFilter* pInstallFilter = NULL;
 
-        // Jetzt auch Filter testen, die nicht installiert sind ( ErrCode ist irrelevant )
+        // Now test the filter which are not installed (ErrCode is irrelevant)
         GuessFilter( rMedium, &pInstallFilter, SFX_FILTER_IMPORT, SFX_FILTER_CONSULTSERVICE );
         if ( pInstallFilter )
         {
             if ( IsFilterInstalled_Impl( pInstallFilter ) )
-                // Eventuell wurde der Filter nachinstalliert
+                // Maybe the filter was installed was installed afterwards.
                 pFilter = pInstallFilter;
         }
         else
         {
-            // Jetzt auch Filter testen, die erst von Star bezogen werden m"ussen ( ErrCode ist 
irrelevant )
+          // Now test the filter, which first must be obtained by Star 
+          // (ErrCode is irrelevant)
             GuessFilter( rMedium, &pInstallFilter, SFX_FILTER_IMPORT, 0 );
             if ( pInstallFilter )
                 IsFilterInstalled_Impl( pInstallFilter );
@@ -835,7 +836,7 @@ SfxFilterMatcherIter::SfxFilterMatcherIter(
     : nOrMask( nOrMaskP ), nAndMask( nAndMaskP ),
       nCurrent(0), pMatch( pMatchP->pImpl)
 {
-    if( nOrMask == 0xffff ) //Wg. Fehlbuild auf s
+    if( nOrMask == 0xffff ) //Due to falty build on s
         nOrMask = 0;
     pMatch->InitForIterating();
 }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtml.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtml.cxx
index 791298a..aa72c06 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtml.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtml.cxx
@@ -52,30 +52,30 @@
 #define SFX_HTMLFRMSIZE_PERCENT 0x0002
 
 static sal_Char const sHTML_SC_yes[] = "YES";
-static sal_Char const sHTML_SC_no[] =          "NO";
+static sal_Char const sHTML_SC_no[] =   "NO";
 static sal_Char const sHTML_SC_auto[] =        "AUTO";
 
 #define HTML_O_READONLY "READONLY"
-#define HTML_O_EDIT    "EDIT"
+#define HTML_O_EDIT     "EDIT"
 
 static HTMLOptionEnum const aScollingTable[] =
 {
-    { sHTML_SC_yes,            ScrollingYes    },
-    { sHTML_SC_no,             ScrollingNo             },
-    { sHTML_SC_auto,           ScrollingAuto   },
-    { 0,                               0                               }
+    { sHTML_SC_yes,             ScrollingYes    },
+    { sHTML_SC_no,              ScrollingNo             },
+    { sHTML_SC_auto,    ScrollingAuto   },
+    { 0,                                0                               }
 };
 
 void SfxFrameHTMLParser::ParseFrameOptions( SfxFrameDescriptor *pFrame, const HTMLOptions 
*pOptions, const String& rBaseURL )
 {
-    // die Optionen holen und setzen
+    // Get and set the options
     Size aMargin( pFrame->GetMargin() );
 
-    // MIB 15.7.97: Netscape scheint marginwidth auf 0 zu setzen, sobald
-    // marginheight gesetzt wird und umgekehrt. Machen wir jetzt wegen
-    // bug #41665# auch so.
-    // Netscape l"a\st aber ein direktes Setzen auf 0 nicht zu, IE4.0 schon.
-    // Den Bug machen wir nicht mit!
+    // MIB 07/15/1997: Netscape seems to set marginwidth to 0 as soon as 
+    // marginheight is set, and vice versa. Due to bug #41665# let us also
+    // do öike that for now. Netscape does however not aallow for a direct 
+    // seting to 0, while IE4.0 does
+    // We will not mimic that bug !
     BOOL bMarginWidth = FALSE, bMarginHeight = FALSE;
 
     USHORT nArrLen = pOptions->Count();
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLParser::ParseFrameOptions( SfxFrameDescriptor *pFrame, const HT
         case HTML_O_MARGINWIDTH:
             aMargin.Width() = pOption->GetNumber();
 
-//                     if( aMargin.Width() < 1 )
-//                             aMargin.Width() = 1;
+//                      if( aMargin.Width() < 1 )
+//                              aMargin.Width() = 1;
             if( !bMarginHeight )
                 aMargin.Height() = 0;
             bMarginWidth = TRUE;
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLParser::ParseFrameOptions( SfxFrameDescriptor *pFrame, const HT
         case HTML_O_MARGINHEIGHT:
             aMargin.Height() = pOption->GetNumber();
 
-//                     if( aMargin.Height() < 1 )
-//                             aMargin.Height() = 1;
+//                      if( aMargin.Height() < 1 )
+//                              aMargin.Height() = 1;
             if( !bMarginWidth )
                 aMargin.Width() = 0;
             bMarginHeight = TRUE;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtmlw.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtmlw.cxx
index f7b597a..bcc40bc 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtmlw.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/frmhtmlw.cxx
@@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ static sal_Char const sHTML_MIME_text_html[] =      "text/html; charset=";
 /* not used anymore?
 static HTMLOutEvent aFrameSetEventTable[] =
 {
-    { sHTML_O_SDonload,                sHTML_O_onload,         SFX_EVENT_OPENDOC       },
-    { sHTML_O_SDonunload,      sHTML_O_onunload,       SFX_EVENT_PREPARECLOSEDOC       },
-    { sHTML_O_SDonfocus,       sHTML_O_onfocus,        SFX_EVENT_ACTIVATEDOC   },
-    { sHTML_O_SDonblur,                sHTML_O_onblur,         SFX_EVENT_DEACTIVATEDOC },
-    { 0,                                       0,                                      0           
                            }
+    { sHTML_O_SDonload,         sHTML_O_onload,         SFX_EVENT_OPENDOC       },
+    { sHTML_O_SDonunload,       sHTML_O_onunload,       SFX_EVENT_PREPARECLOSEDOC       },
+    { sHTML_O_SDonfocus,        sHTML_O_onfocus,        SFX_EVENT_ACTIVATEDOC   },
+    { sHTML_O_SDonblur,         sHTML_O_onblur,         SFX_EVENT_DEACTIVATEDOC },
+    { 0,                                        0,                                      0          
                             }
 };
 */
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLWriter::OutMeta( SvStream& rStrm,
                                   const String& rName,
                                   const String& rContent, BOOL bHTTPEquiv,
                                      rtl_TextEncoding eDestEnc,
-                                  String *pNonConvertableChars )
+                                  String *pNonConvertableChars  )
 {
     rStrm << sNewLine;
     if( pIndent )
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLWriter::OutMeta( SvStream& rStrm,
 
     ByteString sOut( '<' );
     (((sOut += OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_meta) += ' ')
-        += (bHTTPEquiv ? OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_httpequiv : OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_name))    
    += "=\"";
+        += (bHTTPEquiv ? OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_httpequiv : OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_name)) += 
"=\"";
     rStrm << sOut.GetBuffer();
 
     HTMLOutFuncs::Out_String( rStrm, rName, eDestEnc, pNonConvertableChars );
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLWriter::Out_DocInfo( SvStream& rStrm, const String& rBaseURL,
         const uno::Reference<document::XDocumentProperties> & i_xDocProps,
         const sal_Char *pIndent,
         rtl_TextEncoding eDestEnc,
-        String *pNonConvertableChars   )
+        String *pNonConvertableChars    )
 {
     const sal_Char *pCharSet =
                 rtl_getBestMimeCharsetFromTextEncoding( eDestEnc );
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ void SfxFrameHTMLWriter::OutHeader( rtl_TextEncoding eDestEnc )
     Strm() << sNewLine;
     HTMLOutFuncs::Out_AsciiTag( Strm(), sHTML_head, FALSE ) << sNewLine;
 
-//!    OutScript();                    // Hier fehlen noch die Scripten im Header
+//!     OutScript();                    // Hear the scripts in the Header are still missing
 }
 */
 
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ String SfxFrameHTMLWriter::CreateURL( SfxFrame* pFrame )
     if( !aRet.Len() && pShell )
     {
         aRet = pShell->GetMedium()->GetName();
-//!(dv)                CntAnchor::ToPresentationURL( aRet );
+//!(dv)         CntAnchor::ToPresentationURL( aRet );
     }
 
     return aRet;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/minarray.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/minarray.cxx
index 54daf35..7ed7c52 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/minarray.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/minarray.cxx
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void SfxPtrArr::Append( void* aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( sal::static_int_cast< unsigned >(nUsed+1) < ( USHRT_MAX / sizeof(void*) ), "array 
too large" );
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array need to be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
         USHORT nNewSize = (nUsed == 1) ? (nGrow==1 ? 2 : nGrow) : nUsed+nGrow;
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void SfxPtrArr::Append( void* aElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt hinten in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // now write at the back in the open space
     pData[nUsed] = aElem;
     ++nUsed;
     --nUnused;
@@ -127,14 +127,14 @@ void SfxPtrArr::Append( void* aElem )
 USHORT SfxPtrArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // nLen adjustieren, damit nicht ueber das Ende hinaus geloescht wird
+    // Adjust nLen, thus to avoid deleting beyond the end
     nLen = Min( (USHORT)(nUsed-nPos), nLen );
 
-    // einfache Aufgaben erfordern einfache Loesungen!
+    // simple problems require simple solutions!
     if ( nLen == 0 )
         return 0;
 
-    // bleibt vielleicht keiner uebrig
+    // Maybe no one will remain
     if ( (nUsed-nLen) == 0 )
     {
         delete [] pData;
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ USHORT SfxPtrArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // feststellen, ob das Array dadurch physikalisch schrumpft...
+    // Determine whether the array has physically shrunk...
     if ( (nUnused+nLen) >= nGrow )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet verkleinern
+        // reduce (rounded up) to the next Grow-border 
         USHORT nNewUsed = nUsed-nLen;
         USHORT nNewSize = ((nNewUsed+nGrow-1)/nGrow) * nGrow;
         DBG_ASSERT( nNewUsed <= nNewSize && nNewUsed+nGrow > nNewSize,
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ USHORT SfxPtrArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // in allen anderen Faellen nur zusammenschieben
+    // in all other cases, only push together
     if ( nUsed-nPos-nLen > 0 )
         memmove( pData+nPos, pData+nPos+nLen, (nUsed-nPos-nLen)*sizeof(void*) );
     nUsed = nUsed - nLen;
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ USHORT SfxPtrArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 BOOL SfxPtrArr::Remove( void* aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // einfache Aufgaben ...
+    // simple tasks ...
     if ( nUsed == 0 )
         return FALSE;
 
-    // rueckwaerts, da meist der letzte zuerst wieder entfernt wird
+    // backwards, since most of the last is first removed
     void* *pIter = pData + nUsed - 1;
     for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nUsed; ++n, --pIter )
         if ( *pIter == aElem )
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ BOOL SfxPtrArr::Remove( void* aElem )
 BOOL SfxPtrArr::Replace( void* aOldElem, void* aNewElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // einfache Aufgaben ...
+    // simple tasks ...
     if ( nUsed == 0 )
         return FALSE;
 
-    // rueckwaerts, da meist der letzte zuerst wieder entfernt wird
+    // backwards, since most of the last is first removed
     void* *pIter = pData + nUsed - 1;
     for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nUsed; ++n, --pIter )
         if ( *pIter == aOldElem )
@@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ void SfxPtrArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, void* rElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( sal::static_int_cast< unsigned >(nUsed+1) < ( USHRT_MAX / sizeof(void*) ), "array 
too large" );
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array have o be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet vergroeszern
+        // increase (rounded up ) to the next Grow-border
         USHORT nNewSize = nUsed+nGrow;
         void** pNewData = new void*[nNewSize];
 
@@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ void SfxPtrArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, void* rElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt den hinteren Teil verschieben
+    // Now move the rear part
     if ( nPos < nUsed )
         memmove( pData+nPos+1, pData+nPos, (nUsed-nPos)*sizeof(void*) );
 
-    // jetzt in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // Now write into the free space.
     memmove( pData+nPos, &rElem, sizeof(void*) );
     nUsed += 1;
     nUnused -= 1;
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ ByteArr& ByteArr::operator=( const ByteArr& rOrig )
 void ByteArr::Append( char aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array have o be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
         USHORT nNewSize = (nUsed == 1) ? (nGrow==1 ? 2 : nGrow) : nUsed+nGrow;
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ void ByteArr::Append( char aElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt hinten in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // now write at the back in the open space
     pData[nUsed] = aElem;
     ++nUsed;
     --nUnused;
@@ -362,14 +362,14 @@ void ByteArr::Append( char aElem )
 USHORT ByteArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // nLen adjustieren, damit nicht ueber das Ende hinaus geloescht wird
+    // Adjust nLen, thus to avoid deleting beyond the end
     nLen = Min( (USHORT)(nUsed-nPos), nLen );
 
-    // einfache Aufgaben erfordern einfache Loesungen!
+    // simple problems require simple solutions!
     if ( nLen == 0 )
         return 0;
 
-    // bleibt vielleicht keiner uebrig
+    // Maybe no one will remain
     if ( (nUsed-nLen) == 0 )
     {
         delete [] pData;
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ USHORT ByteArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // feststellen, ob das Array dadurch physikalisch schrumpft...
+    // Determine whether the array has physically shrunk...
     if ( (nUnused+nLen) >= nGrow )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet verkleinern
+        // reduce (rounded up) to the next Grow-border 
         USHORT nNewUsed = nUsed-nLen;
         USHORT nNewSize = ((nNewUsed+nGrow-1)/nGrow) * nGrow;
         DBG_ASSERT( nNewUsed <= nNewSize && nNewUsed+nGrow > nNewSize,
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ USHORT ByteArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // in allen anderen Faellen nur zusammenschieben
+    // in all other cases, only push together
     if ( nUsed-nPos-nLen > 0 )
         memmove( pData+nPos, pData+nPos+nLen, (nUsed-nPos-nLen)*sizeof(char) );
     nUsed = nUsed - nLen;
@@ -416,11 +416,11 @@ USHORT ByteArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 BOOL ByteArr::Remove( char aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // einfache Aufgaben ...
+    // simple tasks ...
     if ( nUsed == 0 )
         return FALSE;
 
-    // rueckwaerts, da meist der letzte zuerst wieder entfernt wird
+    // backwards, since most of the last is first removed
     char *pIter = pData + nUsed - 1;
     for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nUsed; ++n, --pIter )
         if ( *pIter == aElem )
@@ -454,10 +454,10 @@ BOOL ByteArr::Contains( const char rItem ) const
 void ByteArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, char rElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array need to be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet vergroeszern
+        // increase (rounded up) to the next Grow-border 
         USHORT nNewSize = nUsed+nGrow;
         char* pNewData = new char[nNewSize];
 
@@ -471,11 +471,11 @@ void ByteArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, char rElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt den hinteren Teil verschieben
+    // Now move the rear part
     if ( nPos < nUsed )
         memmove( pData+nPos+1, pData+nPos, (nUsed-nPos)*sizeof(char) );
 
-    // jetzt in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // now write at the back in the open space
     memmove( pData+nPos, &rElem, sizeof(char) );
     nUsed += 1;
     nUnused -= 1;
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ WordArr& WordArr::operator=( const WordArr& rOrig )
 void WordArr::Append( short aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array need to be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
         USHORT nNewSize = (nUsed == 1) ? (nGrow==1 ? 2 : nGrow) : nUsed+nGrow;
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ void WordArr::Append( short aElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt hinten in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // now write at the back in the open space
     pData[nUsed] = aElem;
     ++nUsed;
     --nUnused;
@@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ void WordArr::Append( short aElem )
 USHORT WordArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // nLen adjustieren, damit nicht ueber das Ende hinaus geloescht wird
+    // Adjust nLen, thus to avoid deleting beyond the end 
     nLen = Min( (USHORT)(nUsed-nPos), nLen );
 
-    // einfache Aufgaben erfordern einfache Loesungen!
+    // simple problems require simple solutions!
     if ( nLen == 0 )
         return 0;
 
-    // bleibt vielleicht keiner uebrig
+    // Maybe no one will remain
     if ( (nUsed-nLen) == 0 )
     {
         delete [] pData;
@@ -611,10 +611,10 @@ USHORT WordArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // feststellen, ob das Array dadurch physikalisch schrumpft...
+    // Determine whether the array has physically shrunk...
     if ( (nUnused+nLen) >= nGrow )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet verkleinern
+        // reduce (rounded up) to the next Grow-border 
         USHORT nNewUsed = nUsed-nLen;
         USHORT nNewSize = ((nNewUsed+nGrow-1)/nGrow) * nGrow;
         DBG_ASSERT( nNewUsed <= nNewSize && nNewUsed+nGrow > nNewSize,
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ USHORT WordArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
         return nLen;
     }
 
-    // in allen anderen Faellen nur zusammenschieben
+    // in all other cases, only push together
     if ( nUsed-nPos-nLen > 0 )
         memmove( pData+nPos, pData+nPos+nLen, (nUsed-nPos-nLen)*sizeof(short) );
     nUsed = nUsed - nLen;
@@ -648,11 +648,11 @@ USHORT WordArr::Remove( USHORT nPos, USHORT nLen )
 BOOL WordArr::Remove( short aElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // einfache Aufgaben ...
+    // simple tasks ...
     if ( nUsed == 0 )
         return FALSE;
 
-    // rueckwaerts, da meist der letzte zuerst wieder entfernt wird
+    // backwards, since most of the last is first removed
     short *pIter = pData + nUsed - 1;
     for ( USHORT n = 0; n < nUsed; ++n, --pIter )
         if ( *pIter == aElem )
@@ -686,10 +686,10 @@ BOOL WordArr::Contains( const short rItem ) const
 void WordArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, short rElem )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
-    // musz das Array umkopiert werden?
+    // Does the Array need to be copied?
     if ( nUnused == 0 )
     {
-        // auf die naechste Grow-Grenze aufgerundet vergroeszern
+        // increase (rounded up) to the next Grow-border 
         USHORT nNewSize = nUsed+nGrow;
         short* pNewData = new short[nNewSize];
 
@@ -703,11 +703,11 @@ void WordArr::Insert( USHORT nPos, short rElem )
         pData = pNewData;
     }
 
-    // jetzt den hinteren Teil verschieben
+    // Now move the rear part
     if ( nPos < nUsed )
         memmove( pData+nPos+1, pData+nPos, (nUsed-nPos)*sizeof(short) );
 
-    // jetzt in den freien Raum schreiben
+    // now write at the back in the open space
     memmove( pData+nPos, &rElem, sizeof(short) );
     nUsed += 1;
     nUnused -= 1;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/progress.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/progress.cxx
index d4c7f14..976d0fe 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/progress.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/progress.cxx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 #include <svl/eitem.hxx>
 #include <tools/time.hxx>
 
-// wg. nRescheduleLocks
+// includes below due to nRescheduleLocks
 #include "appdata.hxx"
 #include <sfx2/request.hxx>
 #include <sfx2/frame.hxx>
@@ -80,18 +80,18 @@ struct SfxProgress_Impl
 {
     Reference < XStatusIndicator > xStatusInd;
     String                  aText, aStateText;
-    ULONG                                      nMax;
-    clock_t                            nCreate;
-    clock_t                                    nNextReschedule;
-    BOOL                                       bLocked, bAllDocs;
-    BOOL                                       bWaitMode;
-    BOOL                                       bAllowRescheduling;
-    BOOL                                       bRunning;
+    ULONG                   nMax;
+    clock_t                 nCreate;
+    clock_t                 nNextReschedule;
+    BOOL                    bLocked, bAllDocs;
+    BOOL                    bWaitMode;
+    BOOL                    bAllowRescheduling;
+    BOOL                    bRunning;
     BOOL                    bIsStatusText;
 
     SfxProgress*            pActiveProgress;
-    SfxObjectShellRef          xObjSh;
-    SfxWorkWindow*                     pWorkWin;
+    SfxObjectShellRef       xObjSh;
+    SfxWorkWindow*          pWorkWin;
     SfxViewFrame*           pView;
 
                             SfxProgress_Impl( const String& );
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ struct SfxProgress_Impl
 
 //========================================================================
 
-#define TIMEOUT_PROGRESS                5L     /* 10th s */
-#define MAXPERCENT_PROGRESS            33
+#define TIMEOUT_PROGRESS                 5L     /* 10th s */
+#define MAXPERCENT_PROGRESS             33
 
-#define TIMEOUT_RESCHEDULE             10L     /* 10th s */
-#define MAXPERCENT_RESCHEDULE  50
+#define TIMEOUT_RESCHEDULE              10L     /* 10th s */
+#define MAXPERCENT_RESCHEDULE   50
 
 #define Progress
 #include "sfxslots.hxx"
@@ -149,31 +149,30 @@ SfxProgress_Impl::SfxProgress_Impl( const String &/*rTitle*/ )
 
 SfxProgress::SfxProgress
 (
-    SfxObjectShell*    pObjSh, /* SfxObjectShell, an der die Aktion ausgef"uhrt
-                               wird. Kann NULL sein, dann wird die Applikation
-                               verwendet */
+    SfxObjectShell*     pObjSh, /*  The action is performed on the 
+                                    SfxObjectShell which can be NULL. 
+                                    When it is then the application will be 
+                                    used */
 
-    const String&      rText,  /* Text, der in der Statuszeile vor den Statusmonitor
-                               erscheint */
+    const String&       rText,  /* Text, which appears before the Statusmonitor
+                                  in the status line */
 
-    ULONG                      nRange, /* Maximalwert des Bereiches */
+    ULONG               nRange, /* Max value for range  */
 
-    BOOL                       bAll    /* alle Dokumente oder nur das Dokument des ViewFrames
-                               disablen (FALSE) */
-    ,BOOL                      bWait   /* initial den Wait-Pointer aktivieren (TRUE) */
+    BOOL                bAll    /* Disable all documents or only the document of the ViewFram */
+    ,BOOL               bWait   /* Aktivate the wait-Pointer initially (TRUE) */
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Konstruktor der Klasse SfxProgress schaltet den als Parameter
-    "ubergebenen SfxObjectShell und SfxViewFrames, welche dieses Dokument
-    anzeigen in einen Progress-Mode. D.h. solange eine dieser SfxViewFrame
-    Instanzen aktiv ist, ist der dazugeh"orige SfxDispatcher und das
-    dazugeh"orige Window disabled. In der Statuszeile wird ein Balken zur
-    Fortschritts-Anzeige angezeigt.
+    The constructor of the class SfxProgress switches the SfxObjectShell 
+    passed as parameter and SfxViewFrames which display this document in 
+    a progress mode. Ie as long as one of those SfxViewFrame instances is
+    active the associated SfxDispatcher and associated Window is disabled. 
+    A progress-bar will be displayed in the status bar,
 */
 
-:      pImp( new SfxProgress_Impl( rText ) ),
+:       pImp( new SfxProgress_Impl( rText ) ),
     nVal(0),
     bSuspended(TRUE)
 {
@@ -206,11 +205,10 @@ SfxProgress::SfxProgress
 
 SfxProgress::~SfxProgress()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Destruktor der Klasse SfxProgress restauriert den alten Zustand;
-    die Dokumente werden wieder freigeschaltet und die Statuszeile zeigt
-    wieder Items an.
+    The destructor of the class SfxProgress restores the old status, 
+    the documents are released again and the status bar shows the items again.
 */
 
 {
@@ -227,9 +225,9 @@ SfxProgress::~SfxProgress()
 
 void SfxProgress::Stop()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Vorzeitiges Beenden des <SfxProgress>.
+    Early Exit of <SfxProgress>.
 */
 
 {
@@ -258,13 +256,12 @@ void SfxProgress::Stop()
 
 void SfxProgress::SetText
 (
-    const String&      /*      neuer Text */
+    const String&       /*      new Text */
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    "Andert den Text, der links neben dem Fortschritts-Balken
-    angezeigt wird.
+    Changes the text that appears to the left next to progress bar. 
 */
 
 {
@@ -306,7 +303,7 @@ IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SfxProgress, SetStateHdl, PlugInLoadStatus*, pStatus )
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// muss in AppDaten
+// Required in App data
 static ULONG nLastTime = 0;
 
 long TimeOut_Impl( void*, void* pArgV )
@@ -326,9 +323,9 @@ long TimeOut_Impl( void*, void* pArgV )
 
 BOOL SfxProgress::SetStateText
 (
-    ULONG                      nNewVal,        /* neuer Wert f"ur die Fortschritts-Anzeige */
-    const String&      rNewVal,        /* Status als Text */
-    ULONG                      nNewRange       /* neuer Maximalwert, 0 f"ur Beibehaltung des alten 
*/
+    ULONG          nNewVal,     /* New value for the progress-bar */
+    const String&  rNewVal,     /* Status as Text */
+    ULONG          nNewRange    /* new maximum value, 0 for retaining the old */
 )
 
 {
@@ -340,37 +337,32 @@ BOOL SfxProgress::SetStateText
 
 BOOL SfxProgress::SetState
 (
-    ULONG      nNewVal,        /* neuer Wert f"ur die Fortschritts-Anzeige */
+    ULONG       nNewVal,        /* new value for the progress bar */
 
-    ULONG      nNewRange       /* neuer Maximalwert, 0 f"ur Beibehaltung des alten */
+    ULONG       nNewRange       /* new maximum value, 0 for retaining the old */
 )
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Setzen des aktuellen Status; nach einem zeitlichen Versatz
-    wird Reschedule aufgerufen.
+    Setting the current status, after a time delay Reschedule is called.
 
+    [Return value]
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
-
-    BOOL                               TRUE
-                        Fortfahren mit der Aktion
-
-                        FALSE
-                        Abbrechen der Aktion
+    BOOL        TRUE   Proceed with the action
+                FALSE  Cancel action
 */
 
 {
-    // wurde via Stop-Button angehalten?
-//     if ( pImp->IsCancelled() )
-//             return FALSE;
+    // Was stoped by Stop-Button?
+//      if ( pImp->IsCancelled() )
+//              return FALSE;
 
     if( pImp->pActiveProgress ) return TRUE;
 
-    // neuen Wert "ubernehmen
+    // transfer new value 
     BOOL bOver=FALSE;
     nVal = nNewVal;
 
-    // neuer Range?
+    // new Range?
     if ( nNewRange && nNewRange != pImp->nMax )
     {
         DBG( DbgOutf( "SfxProgress: range changed from %lu to %lu",
@@ -442,11 +434,12 @@ BOOL SfxProgress::SetState
 
 void SfxProgress::Resume()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Nimmt die Anzeige des Status nach einer Unterbrechung wieder auf.
+    Resumed the status of the display after an interrupt.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
+ 
     <SfxProgress::Suspend()>
 */
 
@@ -487,11 +480,12 @@ void SfxProgress::Resume()
 
 void SfxProgress::Suspend()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Unterbricht die Anzeige des Status
+    Interrupts the status of the display 
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
+ 
     <SfxProgress::Resume()>
 */
 
@@ -529,8 +523,8 @@ void SfxProgress::Suspend()
 void SfxProgress::Lock()
 {
     if( pImp->pActiveProgress ) return;
-    // kein Reschedule bei Embedded-Objekten,
-    // da wir gegen das OLE Protokoll wehrlos sind
+    // No Reschedule for Embedded-Objects,
+    // because we are defenseless against the OLE protocol
     if ( !pImp->xObjSh.Is() )
     {
         for ( SfxObjectShell *pDocSh = SfxObjectShell::GetFirst();
@@ -580,10 +574,9 @@ void SfxProgress::UnLock()
 
 void SfxProgress::Reschedule()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Reschedule von au"sen rufbar
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Reschedule, callable from the outside
 */
 
 {
@@ -607,17 +600,14 @@ void SfxProgress::Reschedule()
 
 void SfxProgress::SetWaitMode
 (
-    BOOL       bWait           /*      TRUE
-                            Wartecursor wird verwendet
+    BOOL        bWait  /*   TRUE  Wait-cursor is used 
 
-                            FALSE
-                            Es wird kein Wartecursor verwendet */
+                            FALSE Wait-cursor not used */
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Wartecursor-Modus umschalten.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Switch Wait-mode.
 */
 
 {
@@ -655,10 +645,9 @@ void SfxProgress::SetWaitMode
 
 BOOL SfxProgress::GetWaitMode() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Wartecursor-Modus abfragen.
+/* [Description]
 
+   Get Wait-cursor mode.
 */
 
 {
@@ -669,36 +658,34 @@ BOOL SfxProgress::GetWaitMode() const
 
 SfxProgress* SfxProgress::GetActiveProgress
 (
-    SfxObjectShell* pDocSh       /*  <SfxObjectShell>, die nach einem laufenden
-                                    <SfxProgress> gefragt werden soll, oder
-                                    0, wenn ein f"ur die gesamte Applikation
-                                    laufender SfxProgress erfragt werden soll.
-                                    Der Pointer braucht nur zum Zeitpunkt des
-                                    Aufrufs g"ultig zu sein. */
+    SfxObjectShell* pDocSh        /*  the <SfxObjectShell>, which should be 
+                                      queried after a current <SfxProgress>, 
+                                      or 0 if an current SfxProgress for the 
+                                      entire application should be obtained. 
+                                      The pointer only needs at the time of 
+                                      the call to be valid.
+                                  */
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Mit dieser Methode kann erfragt werden, ob und welcher <SfxProgress>-
-    f"ur eine bestimmte Instanz von SfxObjectShell oder gar die gesamte
-    Applikation zur Zeit aktiv ist. Dies kann z.B. zum Abfangen von
-    Time-Out-Events etc. verwendet werden.
-
-    Anstelle eines Pointer auf den SfxProgress der SfxObjectShell wird
-    ggf. der auf den SfxProgress der Applikation geliefert, mit der
-    Abfrage 'SfxProgress::GetActiveProgress(pMyDocSh)' wird also
-    insofern vorhanden der SfxProgress von 'pMyDocSh' geliefert,
-    sonst der SfxProgress der Applikation bzw. ein 0-Pointer.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    This method is used to check whether and which <SfxProgress> is currently 
+    active for a specific instance of SfxObjectShell or even an entire 
+    application. This can for example be used to check for Time-Out-Events, etc.
 
-    [Anmerkung]
+    Instead of a pointer to the SfxProgress the SfxObjectShell may be 
+    pointed at the SfxProgress of the application, with the query 
+    'SfxProgress:: GetActiveProgress (pMyDocSh)' thus the current 
+    SfxProgress of 'pMyDocSh' is delivered, otherwise the SfxProgress of 
+    the application or a 0-pointer.
 
-    "auft kein SfxProgress an der Applikation und ebenfalls keiner an
-    der angegebenen SfxObjectShell, dann wird immer 0 zur"uckgeliefert,
-    auch wenn an einer anderen SfxObjectShell ein SfxProgress l"uft.
+    [Note]
 
+    If no SfxProgress is running in the application and also not at the 
+    specified SfxObjectShell, then this method will always return 0, 
+    even if one SfxProgress runs on another SfxObjectShell. 
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxApplication::GetProgress()const>
     <SfxObjectShell::GetProgress()const>
@@ -736,14 +723,13 @@ void SfxProgress::LeaveLock()
 
 bool SfxProgress::StatusBarManagerGone_Impl
 (
-    SfxStatusBarManager        *       // dieser <SfxStatusBarManager> wird zerst"ort
+    SfxStatusBarManager *       // This <SfxStatusBarManager> will be destroyed
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Interne Methode zum Benachrichtigen des SfxProgress, da\s der angegebene
-    SfxStatusBarManger zerst"ort wird. Damit der Progress ihn loslassen
-    kann.
+    Internal method for notifying the SfxProgress that the specified 
+    SfxStatusBarManger will be destroyed so that the Progress can let go of it.
 */
 
 {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/sfxhtml.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/sfxhtml.cxx
index c0d97a0..4125716 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/sfxhtml.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/sfxhtml.cxx
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ sal_Char sHTML_MIME_experimental[] = "x-";
 // <INPUT TYPE=xxx>
 static HTMLOptionEnum const aAreaShapeOptEnums[] =
 {
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_rect,         IMAP_OBJ_RECTANGLE      },
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_rectangle,    IMAP_OBJ_RECTANGLE      },
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_circ,         IMAP_OBJ_CIRCLE         },
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_circle,       IMAP_OBJ_CIRCLE         },
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_poly,                 IMAP_OBJ_POLYGON        },
-    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_polygon,              IMAP_OBJ_POLYGON        },
-    { 0,                                       0                                       }
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_rect,          IMAP_OBJ_RECTANGLE      },
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_rectangle,     IMAP_OBJ_RECTANGLE      },
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_circ,          IMAP_OBJ_CIRCLE         },
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_circle,        IMAP_OBJ_CIRCLE         },
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_poly,                  IMAP_OBJ_POLYGON        },
+    { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_SH_polygon,               IMAP_OBJ_POLYGON        },
+    { 0,                                        0                                       }
 };
 
 SfxHTMLParser::SfxHTMLParser( SvStream& rStream, BOOL bIsNewDoc,
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ SfxHTMLParser::SfxHTMLParser( SvStream& rStream, BOOL bIsNewDoc,
                 "SfxHTMLParser::SfxHTMLParser: Switch to UCS2?" );
 
     // Altough the real default encoding is ISO8859-1, we use MS-1252
-    // als default encoding.
+    // as default encoding.
     SetSrcEncoding( GetExtendedCompatibilityTextEncoding(  RTL_TEXTENCODING_ISO_8859_1 ) );
 
     // If the file starts with a BOM, switch to UCS2.
@@ -95,15 +95,15 @@ SfxHTMLParser::SfxHTMLParser( SvStream& rStream, BOOL bIsNewDoc,
 
 SfxHTMLParser::~SfxHTMLParser()
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pDLMedium, "Da ist ein File-Download stehengeblieben" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( !pDLMedium, "Here is a File Download that has got stuck" );
     delete pDLMedium;
 }
 
 BOOL SfxHTMLParser::ParseMapOptions(ImageMap * pImageMap,
                                     const HTMLOptions * pOptions)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImageMap, "ParseMapOptions: keine Image-Map" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pOptions, "ParseMapOptions: keine Optionen" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pImageMap, "ParseMapOptions: No Image-Map" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pOptions, "ParseMapOptions: No Options" );
 
     String aName;
 
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ BOOL SfxHTMLParser::ParseAreaOptions(ImageMap * pImageMap, const String& rBaseUR
                                      USHORT nEventMouseOver,
                                      USHORT nEventMouseOut )
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( pImageMap, "ParseAreaOptions: keine Image-Map" );
-    DBG_ASSERT( pOptions, "ParseAreaOptions: keine Optionen" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pImageMap, "ParseAreaOptions: no Image-Map" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( pOptions, "ParseAreaOptions: no Options" );
 
     USHORT nShape = IMAP_OBJ_RECTANGLE;
     SvULongs aCoords;
@@ -247,41 +247,42 @@ IMAPOBJ_SETEVENT:
 void SfxHTMLParser::StartFileDownload( const String& rURL, int nToken,
                                        SfxObjectShell *pSh )
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( !pDLMedium, "StartFileDwonload bei aktivem Download" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( !pDLMedium, "StartFileDownload when active Download" );
     if( pDLMedium )
         return;
 
     pDLMedium = new SfxMedium( rURL, SFX_STREAM_READONLY, FALSE );
     if( pSh )
     {
-        // Medium registrieren, damit abgebrochen werden kann
+        // Register the medium, so that it can be stopped.
         pSh->RegisterTransfer( *pDLMedium );
 
-        // Target-Frame uebertragen, damit auch javascript:-URLs
-        // "geladen" werden koennen.
+        // Transfer Target-Frame, so that also the javascript:-URLs
+        // can be "loaded".
         //const SfxMedium *pShMedium = pSh->GetMedium();
         //if( pShMedium )
-        //     pDLMedium->SetLoadTargetFrame( pShMedium->GetLoadTargetFrame() );
+        //      pDLMedium->SetLoadTargetFrame( pShMedium->GetLoadTargetFrame() );
     }
 
-    // Download anstossen (Achtung: Kann auch synchron sein).
+    // Push Download (Note: Can also be synchronous).
     if ( TRUE /*pMedium->GetDoneLink() == Link()*/ )
         pDLMedium->DownLoad();
     else
     {
-        // Downloading-Flag auf TRUE setzen. Es werden dann auch
-        // Data-Available-Links, wenn wir in den Pending-Staus gelangen.
+        // Set Downloading-Flag to TRUE. When we get into the Pending-status 
+        // we will then also have Data-Available-Links.
         SetDownloadingFile( TRUE );
         pDLMedium->DownLoad( STATIC_LINK( this, SfxHTMLParser, FileDownloadDone ) );
 
-        // Wenn das Dowsnloading-Flag noch gesetzt ist erfolgt der Download
-        // asynchron. Wir gehen dann in den Pedning-Staus und warten dort.
-        // Solange sind alle Aufrufe des Data-Avaialble-Link gesperrt.
+        // If the Downloading-Flag is still set downloading will be done 
+        // asynchronously. We will go into Pedning-status and wait there. 
+        // As long as we are there all calls to the Data-Link Avaialble are 
+        // locked.
         if( IsDownloadingFile() )
         {
-            // Den aktuellen Zustand einfrieren und in den Pending-Status gehen.
-            // Wenn der Download beendet oder abgebrochen wurde, wird ueber
-            // NewDataRead ein Continue mit dem uebergeben Token angesteossen.
+            // Unfreeze the current state and go into the Pending-Status.
+            // When the download is completed or aborted, a Continue with 
+            // the transfer token will be pushed by passedNewDataRead.
             SaveState( nToken );
             eState = SVPAR_PENDING;
         }
@@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ BOOL SfxHTMLParser::FinishFileDownload( String& rStr )
         DBG_ASSERT( pStream, "Kein In-Stream vom Medium erhalten" );
 
         SvMemoryStream aStream;
-        if( pStream )  // HACK wegen #65563#
+        if( pStream )   // HACK due to bug #65563#
             aStream << *pStream;
 
         aStream.Seek( STREAM_SEEK_TO_END );
@@ -341,11 +342,11 @@ BOOL SfxHTMLParser::FinishFileDownload( String& rStr )
 
 IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SfxHTMLParser, FileDownloadDone, void*, EMPTYARG )
 {
-    // Der Download ist jetzt abgeschlossen. Ausserdem muss/darf der
-    // Data-Available-Link wieder durchgelassen werden.
+    // The Download is now completed. also the Data-Available-Link 
+    // must or are allowed to be passed through.
     pThis->SetDownloadingFile( FALSE );
 
-    // ... und einmal aufrufen, damit weitergelesen wird.
+    // ... and call once, thus will continue reading.
     pThis->CallAsyncCallLink();
 
     return 0;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx
index 8cd3098..ad67360 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 #include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
 #include <svtools/itemdel.hxx>
 
-// wg. nInReschedule
+//Includes below due to nInReschedule
 #include "appdata.hxx"
 #include <sfx2/bindings.hxx>
 #include <sfx2/msg.hxx>
@@ -149,33 +149,33 @@ public:
     SfxWorkWindow*          pWorkWin;
     SfxBindings*            pSubBindings;
     SfxBindings*            pSuperBindings;
-    SfxStateCacheArr_Impl*  pCaches;        // je ein cache fuer jede gebundene
-    sal_uInt16                  nCachedFunc1;   // index der zuletzt gerufenen
-    sal_uInt16                  nCachedFunc2;   // index der vorletzt gerufenen
-    sal_uInt16                  nMsgPos;        // Message-Position, ab der zu aktualisieren ist
-    SfxPopupAction          ePopupAction;   // in DeleteFloatinWindow() abgefragt
-    sal_Bool                    bContextChanged;
-    sal_Bool                    bMsgDirty;      // wurde ein MessageServer invalidiert?
-    sal_Bool                    bAllMsgDirty;   // wurden die MessageServer invalidiert?
-    sal_Bool                    bAllDirty;      // nach InvalidateAll
-    sal_Bool                    bCtrlReleased;  // waehrend EnterRegistrations
-    AutoTimer               aTimer;         // fuer volatile Slots
-    sal_Bool                    bInUpdate;      // fuer Assertions
-    sal_Bool                    bInNextJob;     // fuer Assertions
-    sal_Bool                    bFirstRound;    // Erste Runde im Update
-    sal_uInt16                  nFirstShell;    // Shell, die in erster Runde bevorzugt wird
-    sal_uInt16                  nOwnRegLevel;   // z"ahlt die echten Locks, ohne die der 
SuperBindings
-    InvalidateSlotMap           m_aInvalidateSlots; // store slots which are invalidated while in 
update
+    SfxStateCacheArr_Impl*  pCaches;        // One chache for each binding
+    sal_uInt16              nCachedFunc1;   // index for the last one called
+    sal_uInt16              nCachedFunc2;   // index for the second last called
+    sal_uInt16              nMsgPos;        // Message-Position relative the one to be updated
+    SfxPopupAction          ePopupAction;   // Checked in DeleteFloatinWindow()
+    sal_Bool                bContextChanged;
+    sal_Bool                bMsgDirty;      // Has a MessageServer been invalidated?
+    sal_Bool                bAllMsgDirty;   //  Has a MessageServer been invalidated?
+    sal_Bool                bAllDirty;      // After InvalidateAll
+    sal_Bool                bCtrlReleased;  // while EnterRegistrations
+    AutoTimer               aTimer;         // for volatile Slots
+    sal_Bool                bInUpdate;      // for Assertions
+    sal_Bool                bInNextJob;     // for Assertions
+    sal_Bool                bFirstRound;    // First round in Update
+    sal_uInt16              nFirstShell;    // Shell, the first round is prefered
+    sal_uInt16              nOwnRegLevel;   // Counts the real Locks, exept those of the Super 
Bindings
+    InvalidateSlotMap       m_aInvalidateSlots; // store slots which are invalidated while in 
update
 };
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 struct SfxFoundCache_Impl
 {
-    sal_uInt16          nSlotId;    // die Slot-Id
-    sal_uInt16          nWhichId;   // falls verf"ugbar die Which-Id, sonst nSlotId
-    const SfxSlot*  pSlot;      // Pointer auf den <Master-Slot>
-    SfxStateCache*  pCache;     // Pointer auf den StatusCache, ggf. 0
+    sal_uInt16      nSlotId;   // the Slot-Id
+    sal_uInt16      nWhichId;  // If available: Which-Id, else: nSlotId
+    const SfxSlot*  pSlot;     // Pointer to <Master-Slot>
+    SfxStateCache*  pCache;    // Pointer to StatusCache, if possible NULL
 
     SfxFoundCache_Impl():
         nSlotId(0),
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ SV_IMPL_OP_PTRARR_SORT(SfxFoundCacheArr_Impl, SfxFoundCache_Impl*);
 SfxBindings::SfxBindings()
 :   pImp(new SfxBindings_Impl),
     pDispatcher(0),
-    nRegLevel(1)    // geht erst auf 0, wenn Dispatcher gesetzt
+    nRegLevel(1)    // first becomes 0, when the Dispatcher is set
 {
     pImp->nMsgPos = 0;
     pImp->bAllMsgDirty = sal_True;
@@ -245,21 +245,20 @@ SfxBindings::SfxBindings()
 
 SfxBindings::~SfxBindings()
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Destruktor der Klasse SfxBindings. Die eine, f"ur jede <SfxApplication>
-    existierende Instanz wird von der <SfxApplication> nach Ausf"urhung
-    von <SfxApplication::Exit()> automatisch zerst"ort.
+    Destructor of the SfxBindings class. The one, for each <SfxApplication>
+    existing Instance is automaticaölly destroyed by the  <SfxApplication> 
+    after the execution of <SfxApplication::Exit()>.
 
-    Noch existierende <SfxControllerItem> Instanzen, die bei dieser
-    SfxBindings Instanz angemeldet sind, werden im Destruktor
-    automatisch zerst"ort. Dies sind i.d.R. Floating-Toolboxen, Value-Sets
-    etc. Arrays von SfxControllerItems d"urfen zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht
-    mehr exisitieren.
+    The still existing <SfxControllerItem> instances, which are registered
+    by the SfxBindings instance, are automatically destroyed in the Destructor.
+    These are usually the Floating-Toolboxen, Value-Sets
+    etc. Arrays of SfxControllerItems may at this time no longer exist.
 */
 
 {
-    // Die SubBindings sollen ja nicht gelocked werden !
+    // The SubBindings should not be locked!
     pImp->pSubBindings = NULL;
 
     ENTERREGISTRATIONS();
@@ -267,7 +266,7 @@ SfxBindings::~SfxBindings()
     pImp->aTimer.Stop();
     DeleteControllers_Impl();
 
-    // Caches selbst l"oschen
+    // Delete Caches   
     sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->pCaches->Count();
     for ( sal_uInt16 nCache = 0; nCache < nCount; ++nCache )
         delete pImp->pCaches->GetObject(nCache);
@@ -282,19 +281,19 @@ SfxBindings::~SfxBindings()
 
 void SfxBindings::DeleteControllers_Impl()
 {
-    // in der ersten Runde den SfxPopupWindows l"oschen
+    // in the first round delete SfxPopupWindows
     sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->pCaches->Count();
     sal_uInt16 nCache;
     for ( nCache = 0; nCache < nCount; ++nCache )
     {
-        // merken wo man ist
+        // Remember were you are
         SfxStateCache *pCache = pImp->pCaches->GetObject(nCache);
         sal_uInt16 nSlotId = pCache->GetId();
 
-        // SfxPopupWindow l"oschen lassen
+        // Delete SfxPopupWindow
         pCache->DeleteFloatingWindows();
 
-        // da der Cache verkleinert worden sein kann, wiederaufsetzen
+        // Re-align, because the cache may have been reduced
         sal_uInt16 nNewCount = pImp->pCaches->Count();
         if ( nNewCount < nCount )
         {
@@ -306,13 +305,13 @@ void SfxBindings::DeleteControllers_Impl()
         }
     }
 
-    // alle Caches l"oschen
+    // Delete all Caches
     for ( nCache = pImp->pCaches->Count(); nCache > 0; --nCache )
     {
-        // Cache via ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::Index besorgen
+        // Get Cache via ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::Index
         SfxStateCache *pCache = pImp->pCaches->GetObject(nCache-1);
 
-        // alle Controller in dem Cache unbinden
+        // unbind all controllers in the cache
         SfxControllerItem *pNext;
         for ( SfxControllerItem *pCtrl = pCache->GetItemLink();
               pCtrl; pCtrl = pNext )
@@ -324,7 +323,7 @@ void SfxBindings::DeleteControllers_Impl()
         if ( pCache->GetInternalController() )
             pCache->GetInternalController()->UnBind();
 
-        // Cache l"oschen
+        // Delete Cache
         if( nCache-1 < pImp->pCaches->Count() )
             delete (*pImp->pCaches)[nCache-1];
         pImp->pCaches->Remove(nCache-1, 1);
@@ -339,7 +338,7 @@ void SfxBindings::DeleteControllers_Impl()
             pCtrl->ReleaseBindings();
         }
 
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->pUnoCtrlArr->Count(), "UnoControllerItems nicht entfernt!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->pUnoCtrlArr->Count(), "Do not remove UnoControllerItems!" );
         DELETEZ( pImp->pUnoCtrlArr );
     }
 }
@@ -356,7 +355,7 @@ SfxPopupAction SfxBindings::GetPopupAction_Impl() const
 
 void SfxBindings::HidePopups( bool bHide )
 {
-    // SfxPopupWindows hiden
+    // Hide SfxPopupWindows 
     HidePopupCtrls_Impl( bHide );
     SfxBindings *pSub = pImp->pSubBindings;
     while ( pSub )
@@ -365,7 +364,7 @@ void SfxBindings::HidePopups( bool bHide )
         pSub = pSub->pImp->pSubBindings;
     }
 
-    // SfxChildWindows hiden
+    // Hide SfxChildWindows
     DBG_ASSERT( pDispatcher, "HidePopups not allowed without dispatcher" );
     if ( pImp->pWorkWin )
         pImp->pWorkWin->HidePopups_Impl( bHide, sal_True );
@@ -375,12 +374,12 @@ void SfxBindings::HidePopupCtrls_Impl( bool bHide )
 {
     if ( bHide )
     {
-        // SfxPopupWindows hiden
+        // Hide SfxPopupWindows
         pImp->ePopupAction = SFX_POPUP_HIDE;
     }
     else
     {
-        // SfxPopupWindows showen
+        // Show SfxPopupWindows
         pImp->ePopupAction = SFX_POPUP_SHOW;
     }
 
@@ -393,7 +392,7 @@ void SfxBindings::HidePopupCtrls_Impl( bool bHide )
 
 void SfxBindings::Update_Impl
 (
-    SfxStateCache*  pCache      // der upzudatende SfxStatusCache
+    SfxStateCache*  pCache      // The up to date SfxStatusCache
 )
 {
     if( pCache->GetDispatch().is() && pCache->GetItemLink() )
@@ -407,7 +406,7 @@ void SfxBindings::Update_Impl
         return;
     DBG_PROFSTART(SfxBindingsUpdate_Impl);
 
-    // alle mit derselben Statusmethode zusammensammeln, die dirty sind
+    // gather together all with the same status method which are dirty
     SfxDispatcher &rDispat = *pDispatcher;
     const SfxSlot *pRealSlot = 0;
     const SfxSlotServer* pMsgServer = 0;
@@ -416,10 +415,10 @@ void SfxBindings::Update_Impl
     sal_Bool bUpdated = sal_False;
     if ( pSet )
     {
-        // Status erfragen
+        // Query Status 
         if ( rDispat._FillState( *pMsgServer, *pSet, pRealSlot ) )
         {
-            // Status posten
+            // Post Status
             const SfxInterface *pInterface =
                 rDispat.GetShell(pMsgServer->GetShellLevel())->GetInterface();
             for ( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < aFound.Count(); ++nPos )
@@ -440,8 +439,9 @@ void SfxBindings::Update_Impl
 
     if ( !bUpdated && pCache )
     {
-        // Wenn pCache == NULL und kein SlotServer ( z.B. weil Dispatcher gelockt! ),
-        // darf nat"urlich kein Update versucht werden
+        // When pCache == NULL and no SlotServer 
+        // (for example due to locked Dispatcher! ),
+        // obviously do not try to update
         SfxFoundCache_Impl aFoundCache(
                             pCache->GetId(), 0,
                             pRealSlot, pCache );
@@ -475,13 +475,13 @@ void SfxBindings::AddSlotToInvalidateSlotsMap_Impl( USHORT nId )
 
 void SfxBindings::Update
 (
-    sal_uInt16      nId     // die gebundene und upzudatende Slot-Id
+    sal_uInt16      nId     // the bound and up-to-date Slot-Id
 )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( pImp->pCaches != 0, "SfxBindings not initialized" );
 
-//!!TLX: Fuehrte zu Vorlagenkatalogstillstand
+//!!TLX: leads to Template Gallery freeze
 //  if ( nRegLevel )
 //      return;
 
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ void SfxBindings::Update
 
             if ( bInternalUpdate )
             {
-                // Status erfragen
+                // Query Status
                 const SfxSlotServer* pMsgServer = pCache->GetSlotServer(*pDispatcher, pImp->xProv);
                 if ( !pCache->IsControllerDirty() &&
                     ( !pMsgServer ||
@@ -570,10 +570,10 @@ void SfxBindings::Update()
 
 void SfxBindings::SetState
 (
-    const SfxItemSet&   rSet    // zu setzende Status-Werte
+    const SfxItemSet&   rSet    // status values to be set 
 )
 {
-    // wenn gelockt, dann nur invalidieren
+    // when locked then only invalidate
     if ( nRegLevel )
     {
         SfxItemIter aIter(rSet);
@@ -584,12 +584,12 @@ void SfxBindings::SetState
     }
     else
     {
-        // Status d"urfen nur angenommen werden, wenn alle Slot-Pointer gesetzt sind
+        // Status may be accepted only if all slot-pointers are set
         if ( pImp->bMsgDirty )
             UpdateSlotServer_Impl();
 
-        // "uber das ItemSet iterieren, falls Slot gebunden, updaten
-        //! Bug: WhichIter verwenden und ggf. VoidItems hochschicken
+        // Iterate over the itemset, update if the slot bound 
+        //! Bug: Use WhichIter and possibly send VoidItems up
         SfxItemIter aIter(rSet);
         for ( const SfxPoolItem *pItem = aIter.FirstItem();
               pItem;
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ void SfxBindings::SetState
                     GetStateCache( rSet.GetPool()->GetSlotId(pItem->Which()) );
             if ( pCache )
             {
-                // Status updaten
+                // Update status
                 if ( !pCache->IsControllerDirty() )
                     pCache->Invalidate(sal_False);
                 pCache->SetState( SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE, pItem );
 
-                //! nicht implementiert: Updates von EnumSlots via MasterSlots
+                //! Not implemented: Updates from EnumSlots via master slots
             }
         }
     }
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ void SfxBindings::SetState
 
 void SfxBindings::SetState
 (
-    const SfxPoolItem&  rItem   // zu setzender Status-Wert
+    const SfxPoolItem&  rItem   // Status value to be set
 )
 {
     if ( nRegLevel )
@@ -623,22 +623,22 @@ void SfxBindings::SetState
     }
     else
     {
-        // Status d"urfen nur angenommen werden, wenn alle Slot-Pointer gesetzt sind
+        // Status may be accepted only if all slot-pointers are set
         if ( pImp->bMsgDirty )
             UpdateSlotServer_Impl();
 
-        // falls der Slot gebunden ist, updaten
+        //update if the slot bound 
         DBG_ASSERT( SfxItemPool::IsSlot( rItem.Which() ),
                     "cannot set items with which-id" );
         SfxStateCache* pCache = GetStateCache( rItem.Which() );
         if ( pCache )
         {
-            // Status updaten
+            // Update Status
             if ( !pCache->IsControllerDirty() )
                 pCache->Invalidate(sal_False);
             pCache->SetState( SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE, &rItem );
 
-            //! nicht implementiert: Updates von EnumSlots via MasterSlots
+            //! Not implemented: Updates from EnumSlots via master slots        
         }
     }
 }
@@ -656,13 +656,11 @@ SfxStateCache* SfxBindings::GetAnyStateCache_Impl( sal_uInt16 nId )
 
 SfxStateCache* SfxBindings::GetStateCache
 (
-    sal_uInt16      nId         /*  Slot-Id, deren SfxStatusCache gefunden
-                                werden soll */,
-    sal_uInt16*     pPos        /*  0 bzw. Position, ab der die Bindings
-                                bin"ar durchsucht werden sollen. Liefert
-                                die Position zur"uck, an der nId gefunden
-                                wurde, bzw. an der es einfef"ugt werden
-                                w"urde. */
+    sal_uInt16   nId   /*  Slot-Id, which SfxStatusCache is to be found */
+    sal_uInt16*  pPos  /*  NULL for instance the position from which the 
+                           bindings are to be searched binary. Returns the 
+                           position back for where the nId was found, 
+                           or where it was inserted. */
 )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -685,11 +683,8 @@ SfxStateCache* SfxBindings::GetStateCache
 
 void SfxBindings::InvalidateAll
 (
-    sal_Bool    bWithMsg        /*  sal_True
-                                Slot-Server als ung"ultig markieren
-
-                                sal_False
-                                Slot-Server bleiben g"ultig */
+    sal_Bool  bWithMsg  /* sal_True   Mark Slot Server as invalid
+                           sal_False  Slot Server remains valid */
 )
 {
     DBG_PROFSTART(SfxBindingsInvalidateAll);
@@ -700,7 +695,7 @@ void SfxBindings::InvalidateAll
     if ( pImp->pSubBindings )
         pImp->pSubBindings->InvalidateAll( bWithMsg );
 
-    // ist schon alles dirty gesetzt oder downing => nicht zu tun
+    // everything is already set dirty or downing => nothing to do
     if ( !pDispatcher ||
          ( pImp->bAllDirty && ( !bWithMsg || pImp->bAllMsgDirty ) ) ||
          SFX_APP()->IsDowning() )
@@ -739,8 +734,8 @@ void SfxBindings::InvalidateAll
 
 void SfxBindings::Invalidate
 (
-    const sal_uInt16* pIds      /*  numerisch sortiertes 0-terminiertes Array
-                                von Slot-Ids (einzel, nicht als Paare!) */
+    const sal_uInt16* pIds /* numerically sorted NULL-terminated array of 
+                              slot IDs (individual, not as a couple!) */
 )
 {
     DBG_PROFSTART(SfxBindingsInvalidateAll);
@@ -762,27 +757,27 @@ void SfxBindings::Invalidate
     if ( pImp->pSubBindings )
         pImp->pSubBindings->Invalidate( pIds );
 
-    // ist schon alles dirty gesetzt oder downing => nicht zu tun
+    // everything is already set dirty or downing => nothing to do
     if ( !pDispatcher || pImp->bAllDirty || SFX_APP()->IsDowning() )
         return;
 
-    // in immer kleiner werdenden Berichen bin"ar suchen
+    // Search binary in always smaller areas
     for ( sal_uInt16 n = GetSlotPos(*pIds);
           *pIds && n < pImp->pCaches->Count();
           n = GetSlotPos(*pIds, n) )
     {
-        // falls SID "uberhaupt gebunden ist, den Cache invalidieren
+        // If SID is ever bound, then invalidate the cache
         SfxStateCache *pCache = pImp->pCaches->GetObject(n);
         if ( pCache->GetId() == *pIds )
             pCache->Invalidate(sal_False);
 
-        // n"achste SID
+        // Next SID
         if ( !*++pIds )
             break;
         DBG_ASSERT( *pIds > *(pIds-1), "pIds unsorted" );
     }
 
-    // falls nicht gelockt, Update-Timer starten
+    // if not enticed to start update timer
     pImp->nMsgPos = 0;
     if ( !nRegLevel )
     {
@@ -800,17 +795,15 @@ void SfxBindings::Invalidate
 
 void SfxBindings::InvalidateShell
 (
-    const SfxShell&     rSh             /*  Die <SfxShell>, deren Slot-Ids
-                                            invalidiert werden sollen. */,
-
-    sal_Bool                bDeep           /*  sal_True
-                                            auch die, von der SfxShell
-                                            ererbten Slot-Ids werden invalidert
-
-                                            sal_False
-                                            die ererbten und nicht "uberladenen
-                                            Slot-Ids werden invalidiert */
-                                            //! MI: z. Zt. immer bDeep
+    const SfxShell&  rSh   /* <SfxShell>, which Slot-Ids should be 
+                              invalidated */
+    sal_Bool         bDeep /* sal_True
+                              also inherited slot IDs of SfxShell are invalidert
+
+                              sal_False
+                              the inherited and not overloaded Slot-Ids were 
+                              invalidiert */
+                             //! MI: for now alwayds bDeep
 )
 {
     DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->bInUpdate, "SfxBindings::Invalidate while in update" );
@@ -832,11 +825,11 @@ void SfxBindings::InvalidateShell
          ( pImp->bAllDirty && pImp->bAllMsgDirty ) ||
          SFX_APP()->IsDowning() )
     {
-        // Wenn sowieso demn"achst alle Server geholt werden
+        // if the next one is anyway, then all the servers are collected
         return;
     }
 
-    // Level finden
+    // Find Level
     sal_uInt16 nLevel = pDispatcher->GetShellLevel(rSh);
     if ( nLevel != USHRT_MAX )
     {
@@ -866,7 +859,7 @@ void SfxBindings::InvalidateShell
 
 void SfxBindings::Invalidate
 (
-    sal_uInt16 nId              // zu invalidierende Slot-Id
+    sal_uInt16 nId              // Status value to be set
 )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -904,9 +897,9 @@ void SfxBindings::Invalidate
 
 void SfxBindings::Invalidate
 (
-    sal_uInt16  nId,                // zu invalidierende Slot-Id
-    sal_Bool    bWithItem,          // StateCache clearen ?
-    sal_Bool    bWithMsg            // SlotServer neu holen ?
+    sal_uInt16  nId,                // Status value to be set
+    sal_Bool    bWithItem,          // Clear StateCache?
+    sal_Bool    bWithMsg            // Get new SlotServer?
 )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -995,7 +988,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxBindings::GetSlotPos( sal_uInt16 nId, sal_uInt16 nStartSearchAt )
     while ( !bFound && nLow <= nHigh )
     {
         nMid = (nLow + nHigh) >> 1;
-        DBG_ASSERT( nMid < pImp->pCaches->Count(), "bsearch ist buggy" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( nMid < pImp->pCaches->Count(), "bsearch is buggy" );
         int nDiff = (int) nId - (int) ( ((*pImp->pCaches)[nMid])->GetId() );
         if ( nDiff < 0)
         {   if ( nMid == 0 )
@@ -1271,7 +1264,8 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, 
SfxShell
 
     if ( SFX_KIND_ENUM == pSlot->GetKind() )
     {
-        // bei Enum-Slots muss der Master mit dem Wert des Enums executet werden
+        // for Enum-Slots, the Master has to be excecuted with the value 
+        // of the enums Wert 
         const SfxSlot *pRealSlot = pShell->GetInterface()->GetRealSlot(pSlot);
         const sal_uInt16 nSlotId = pRealSlot->GetSlotId();
         aReq.SetSlot( nSlotId );
@@ -1280,12 +1274,12 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, 
SfxShell
     }
     else if ( SFX_KIND_ATTR == pSlot->GetKind() )
     {
-        // bei Attr-Slots muss der Which-Wert gemapped werden
+        // Which value has to be mapped for Attribute slots
         const sal_uInt16 nSlotId = pSlot->GetSlotId();
         aReq.SetSlot( nSlotId );
         if ( pSlot->IsMode(SFX_SLOT_TOGGLE) )
         {
-            // an togglebare-Attribs (Bools) wird der Wert angeheangt
+            // The value is attached to a toggleable attribute (Bools) 
             sal_uInt16 nWhich = pSlot->GetWhich(rPool);
             SfxItemSet aSet(rPool, nWhich, nWhich, 0);
             SfxStateFunc aFunc  = pSlot->GetStateFnc();
@@ -1305,7 +1299,7 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, 
SfxShell
             {
                 if ( pOldItem->ISA(SfxBoolItem) )
                 {
-                    // wir koennen Bools toggeln
+                    // we can toggle Bools
                     sal_Bool bOldValue = ((const SfxBoolItem *)pOldItem)->GetValue();
                     SfxBoolItem *pNewItem = (SfxBoolItem*) (pOldItem->Clone());
                     pNewItem->SetValue( !bOldValue );
@@ -1315,7 +1309,7 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, 
SfxShell
                 else if ( pOldItem->ISA(SfxEnumItemInterface) &&
                         ((SfxEnumItemInterface *)pOldItem)->HasBoolValue())
                 {
-                    // und Enums mit Bool-Interface
+                    // and Enums with Bool-Interface
                     SfxEnumItemInterface *pNewItem =
                         (SfxEnumItemInterface*) (pOldItem->Clone());
                     pNewItem->SetBoolValue(!((SfxEnumItemInterface *)pOldItem)->GetBoolValue());
@@ -1328,21 +1322,21 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, 
SfxShell
             }
             else if ( SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE == eState )
             {
-                // ein Status-Item per Factory erzeugen
+                // Create one Status-Item for each Factory
                 SfxPoolItem *pNewItem = pSlot->GetType()->CreateItem();
                 DBG_ASSERT( pNewItem, "Toggle an Slot ohne ItemFactory" );
                 pNewItem->SetWhich( nWhich );
 
                 if ( pNewItem->ISA(SfxBoolItem) )
                 {
-                    // wir koennen Bools toggeln
+                  // we can toggle Bools
                     ((SfxBoolItem*)pNewItem)->SetValue( sal_True );
                     aReq.AppendItem( *pNewItem );
                 }
                 else if ( pNewItem->ISA(SfxEnumItemInterface) &&
                         ((SfxEnumItemInterface *)pNewItem)->HasBoolValue())
                 {
-                    // und Enums mit Bool-Interface
+                    // and Enums with Bool-Interface
                     ((SfxEnumItemInterface*)pNewItem)->SetBoolValue(sal_True);
                     aReq.AppendItem( *pNewItem );
                 }
@@ -1370,7 +1364,7 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateSlotServer_Impl()
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( pImp->pCaches != 0, "SfxBindings not initialized" );
 
-    // synchronisieren
+    // synchronize
     pDispatcher->Flush();
 //  pDispatcher->Update_Impl();
 
@@ -1409,9 +1403,9 @@ int __cdecl CmpUS_Impl(const void *p1, const void *p2)
 int CmpUS_Impl(const void *p1, const void *p2)
 #endif
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Interne Vergleichsfunktion fuer qsort.
+    Internal Comparison function for qsort.
 */
 
 {
@@ -1422,10 +1416,10 @@ int CmpUS_Impl(const void *p1, const void *p2)
 
 SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
 (
-    SfxStateCache*&             pCache,     // in: Status-Cache von nId
-    const SfxSlot*&             pRealSlot,  // out: RealSlot zu nId
-    const SfxSlotServer**    pMsgServer, // out: Slot-Server zu nId
-    SfxFoundCacheArr_Impl&      rFound      // out: Liste der Caches der Siblings
+    SfxStateCache*&         pCache,     // in: Status-Cache from nId
+    const SfxSlot*&         pRealSlot,  // out: RealSlot to nId
+    const SfxSlotServer**   pMsgServer, // out: Slot-Server to nId
+    SfxFoundCacheArr_Impl&  rFound      // out: List of Caches for Siblings
 )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -1443,30 +1437,30 @@ SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
 
     sal_uInt16 nShellLevel = pMsgSvr->GetShellLevel();
     SfxShell *pShell = pDispatcher->GetShell( nShellLevel );
-    if ( !pShell ) // seltener GPF beim Browsen durch Update aus Inet-Notify
+    if ( !pShell ) // rare GPF when browsing through update from Inet-Notify
         return 0;
 
     SfxItemPool &rPool = pShell->GetPool();
 
-    // hole die Status-Methode, von der pCache bedient wird
+    // get the status method, which is served by the pCache
     SfxStateFunc pFnc = 0;
     const SfxInterface *pInterface = pShell->GetInterface();
     if ( SFX_KIND_ENUM == pMsgSvr->GetSlot()->GetKind() )
     {
         pRealSlot = pInterface->GetRealSlot(pMsgSvr->GetSlot());
         pCache = GetStateCache( pRealSlot->GetSlotId() );
-//      DBG_ASSERT( pCache, "Kein Slotcache fuer den Masterslot gefunden!" );
+//      DBG_ASSERT( pCache, "No slot cache found for the master slot!" );
     }
     else
         pRealSlot = pMsgSvr->GetSlot();
 
     //
-    // Achtung: pCache darf auch NULL sein !!!
+    // Note: pCache can be NULL!
     //
 
     pFnc = pRealSlot->GetStateFnc();
 
-    // der RealSlot ist immer drin
+    // the RealSlot is always on 
     const SfxFoundCache_Impl *pFound = new SfxFoundCache_Impl(
         pRealSlot->GetSlotId(), pRealSlot->GetWhich(rPool), pRealSlot, pCache );
     rFound.Insert( pFound );
@@ -1475,24 +1469,23 @@ SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
     if ( !SfxMacroConfig::IsMacroSlot( nSlot ) && !(nSlot >= SID_VERB_START && nSlot <= 
SID_VERB_END) )
     {
         pInterface = pInterface->GetRealInterfaceForSlot( pRealSlot );
-        DBG_ASSERT (pInterface,"Slot in angegebener Shell nicht gefunden!");
+        DBG_ASSERT (pInterface,"Slot in the given shell is not found");
     }
 
-    // Durchsuche die Bindings nach den von derselben Funktion bedienten Slots.
-    // Daf"ur kommen nur Slots in Frage, die es im gefundenen Interface gibt.
+    // Search through the bindings for slots served by the same function. This ,    // will only 
affect slots which are present in the found interface.
 
-    // Die Position des Statecaches im StateCache-Array
+    // The position of the  Statecaches in StateCache-Array
     sal_uInt16 nCachePos = pImp->nMsgPos;
     const SfxSlot *pSibling = pRealSlot->GetNextSlot();
 
-    // Die Slots eines Interfaces sind im Kreis verkettet
+    // the Slots odf a interfaces ar linked in a circle
     while ( pSibling > pRealSlot )
     {
         SfxStateFunc pSiblingFnc=0;
         SfxStateCache *pSiblingCache =
                 GetStateCache( pSibling->GetSlotId(), &nCachePos );
 
-        // Ist der Slot "uberhaupt gecached ?
+        // Is the slot cached ?
         if ( pSiblingCache )
         {
             const SfxSlotServer *pServ = pSiblingCache->GetSlotServer(*pDispatcher, pImp->xProv);
@@ -1500,34 +1493,34 @@ SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
                 pSiblingFnc = pServ->GetSlot()->GetStateFnc();
         }
 
-        // Mu\s der Slot "uberhaupt upgedatet werden ?
+        // Does the slot have to be updated at all?
         bool bInsert = pSiblingCache && pSiblingCache->IsControllerDirty();
 
-        // Bugfix #26161#: Es reicht nicht, nach der selben Shell zu fragen !!
+        // Bugfix #26161#: It is not enough to ask for the same shell!!
         bool bSameMethod = pSiblingCache && pFnc == pSiblingFnc;
 
-        // Wenn der Slot ein nicht-dirty MasterSlot ist, dann ist vielleicht
-        // einer seiner Slaves dirty ? Dann wird der Masterslot doch eingef"ugt.
+        // If the slot is a non-dirty master slot, then maybe one of his slaves
+        // is dirty? Then the master slot is still inserted.
         if ( !bInsert && bSameMethod && pSibling->GetLinkedSlot() )
         {
-            // auch Slave-Slots auf Binding pru"fen
+            // Also check slave slots for Binding
             const SfxSlot* pFirstSlave = pSibling->GetLinkedSlot();
             for ( const SfxSlot *pSlaveSlot = pFirstSlave;
                   !bInsert;
                   pSlaveSlot = pSlaveSlot->GetNextSlot())
             {
-                // Die Slaves zeigen auf ihren Master
+                // the slaves points to its master
                 DBG_ASSERT(pSlaveSlot->GetLinkedSlot() == pSibling,
-                    "Falsche Master/Slave-Beziehung!");
+                    "Wrong Master/Slave relationship!");
 
                 sal_uInt16 nCurMsgPos = pImp->nMsgPos;
                 const SfxStateCache *pSlaveCache =
                     GetStateCache( pSlaveSlot->GetSlotId(), &nCurMsgPos );
 
-                // Ist der Slave-Slot gecached und dirty ?
+                // Is the slave slot chached and dirty ?
                 bInsert = pSlaveCache && pSlaveCache->IsControllerDirty();
 
-                // Slaves sind untereinander im Kreis verkettet
+                // Slaves are chained together in a circle
                 if (pSlaveSlot->GetNextSlot() == pFirstSlave)
                     break;
             }
@@ -1545,20 +1538,20 @@ SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
         pSibling = pSibling->GetNextSlot();
     }
 
-    // aus den Ranges ein Set erzeugen
+    // Create a Set from the ranges
     sal_uInt16 *pRanges = new sal_uInt16[rFound.Count() * 2 + 1];
     int j = 0;
     USHORT i = 0;
     while ( i < rFound.Count() )
     {
         pRanges[j++] = rFound[i]->nWhichId;
-            // aufeinanderfolgende Zahlen
+            // consecutive numbers
         for ( ; i < rFound.Count()-1; ++i )
             if ( rFound[i]->nWhichId+1 != rFound[i+1]->nWhichId )
                 break;
         pRanges[j++] = rFound[i++]->nWhichId;
     }
-    pRanges[j] = 0; // terminierende NULL
+    pRanges[j] = 0; // terminating NULL
     SfxItemSet *pSet = new SfxItemSet(rPool, pRanges);
     delete [] pRanges;
     DBG_PROFSTOP(SfxBindingsCreateSet);
@@ -1569,7 +1562,7 @@ SfxItemSet* SfxBindings::CreateSet_Impl
 
 void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
 (
-    const SfxInterface*         pIF,    // das diese Id momentan bedienende Interface
+    const SfxInterface*         pIF,    // Id of the current serving Interface
     const SfxFoundCache_Impl*   pFound, // Cache, Slot, Which etc.
     const SfxPoolItem*          pItem,  // item to send to controller
     SfxItemState                eState  // state of item
@@ -1583,18 +1576,18 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
     const SfxSlot* pSlot = pFound->pSlot;
     DBG_ASSERT( !pCache || !pSlot || pCache->GetId() == pSlot->GetSlotId(), "SID mismatch" );
 
-    // insofern gebunden, die Controller f"uer den Slot selbst updaten
+    // bound until now, the Controller to update the Slot.
     if ( pCache && pCache->IsControllerDirty() )
     {
         if ( SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE == eState )
         {
-            // uneindeuting
+            // ambiguous
             pCache->SetState( SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE, (SfxPoolItem *)-1 );
         }
         else if ( SFX_ITEM_DEFAULT == eState &&
                     pFound->nWhichId > SFX_WHICH_MAX )
         {
-            // kein Status oder Default aber ohne Pool
+            // no Status or Default but without Pool
             SfxVoidItem aVoid(0);
             pCache->SetState( SFX_ITEM_UNKNOWN, &aVoid );
         }
@@ -1606,8 +1599,8 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
 
     DBG_PROFSTOP(SfxBindingsUpdateCtrl1);
 
-    // insofern vorhanden und gebunden, die Controller f"uer Slave-Slots
-    // (Enum-Werte) des Slots updaten
+    // Update the slots for so far available and bound Controllers for 
+    // Slave-Slots (Enum-value) 
     DBG_PROFSTART(SfxBindingsUpdateCtrl2);
     DBG_ASSERT( !pSlot || 0 == pSlot->GetLinkedSlot() || !pItem ||
                 pItem->ISA(SfxEnumItemInterface),
@@ -1615,7 +1608,7 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
     const SfxSlot *pFirstSlave = pSlot ? pSlot->GetLinkedSlot() : 0;
     if ( pIF && pFirstSlave)
     {
-        // Items auf EnumItem casten
+        // Items cast on EnumItem
         const SfxEnumItemInterface *pEnumItem =
                 PTR_CAST(SfxEnumItemInterface,pItem);
         if ( eState == SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE && !pEnumItem )
@@ -1623,14 +1616,14 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
         else
             eState = SfxControllerItem::GetItemState( pEnumItem );
 
-        // "uber alle Slaves-Slots iterieren
+        // Iterate over all Slaves-Slots
         for ( const SfxSlot *pSlave = pFirstSlave; pSlave; pSlave = pSlave->GetNextSlot() )
         {
-            DBG_ASSERT(pSlave, "Falsche SlaveSlot-Verkettung!");
+            DBG_ASSERT(pSlave, "Wrong SlaveSlot binding!");
             DBG_ASSERT(SFX_KIND_ENUM == pSlave->GetKind(),"non enum slaves aren't allowed");
             DBG_ASSERT(pSlave->GetMasterSlotId() == pSlot->GetSlotId(),"falscher MasterSlot!");
 
-            // ist die Funktion gebunden?
+            // Binding exist for function ?
             SfxStateCache *pEnumCache = GetStateCache( pSlave->GetSlotId() );
             if ( pEnumCache )
             {
@@ -1655,14 +1648,14 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
                 }
                 else if ( SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE == eState )
                 {
-                    // enum-Wert ermitteln
+                    // Determine enum value 
                     sal_uInt16 nValue = pEnumItem->GetEnumValue();
                     SfxBoolItem aBool( pFound->nWhichId, pSlave->GetValue() == nValue );
                     pEnumCache->SetState(SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE, &aBool);
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    // uneindeuting
+                    // ambiguous
                     pEnumCache->SetState( SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE, (SfxPoolItem *)-1 );
                 }
             }
@@ -1681,8 +1674,8 @@ void SfxBindings::UpdateControllers_Impl
 IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
 {
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    // on Windows very often C++ Exceptions (GPF etc.) are caught by MSVCRT or another MS library
-    // try to get them here
+    // on Windows very often C++ Exceptions (GPF etc.) are caught by MSVCRT 
+    // or another MS library try to get them here
     try
     {
 #endif
@@ -1720,7 +1713,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
         return sal_True;
     }
 
-    // gfs. alle Server aktualisieren / geschieht in eigener Zeitscheibe
+    // if possible Update all server / happens in its own time slice
     if ( pImp->bMsgDirty )
     {
         UpdateSlotServer_Impl();
@@ -1743,7 +1736,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
         // iterate through the bound functions
         sal_Bool bJobDone = sal_False;
         while ( !bJobDone )
-        {
+          {
             SfxStateCache* pCache = (*pImp->pCaches)[pImp->nMsgPos];
             DBG_ASSERT( pCache, "invalid SfxStateCache-position in job queue" );
             sal_Bool bWasDirty = pCache->IsControllerDirty();
@@ -1753,8 +1746,6 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
                 sal_Bool bSkip = sal_False;
                 if ( pImp->bFirstRound )
                 {
-                    // Falls beim Update eine Shell vorgezogen werden soll,
-                    // kommt in einer ersten Update-Runde nur diese dran
                     const SfxSlotServer *pMsgServer =
                         pCache->GetSlotServer(*pDispatcher, pImp->xProv);
                     if ( pMsgServer &&
@@ -1778,8 +1769,9 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
             bJobDone = pImp->nMsgPos >= nCount;
             if ( bJobDone && pImp->bFirstRound )
             {
-                // Update der bevorzugten Shell ist gelaufen, nun d"urfen
-                // auch die anderen
+
+                // Update of the  preferred shell has been done, now may 
+                // also the others shells be updated
                 bJobDone = sal_False;
                 pImp->bFirstRound = sal_False;
                 pImp->nMsgPos = 0;
@@ -1814,7 +1806,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxBindings, NextJob_Impl, Timer *, pTimer )
     else
         pImp->aTimer.Stop();
 
-    // Update-Runde ist beendet
+    // Update round is finished
     pImp->bInNextJob = sal_False;
     Broadcast(SfxSimpleHint(SFX_HINT_UPDATEDONE));
     DBG_PROFSTOP(SfxBindingsNextJob_Impl);
@@ -1858,15 +1850,15 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxBindings::EnterRegistrations(const char *pFile, int nLine)
     DbgTrace( aMsg.GetBuffer() );
 #endif
 
-    // Wenn Bindings gelockt werden, auch SubBindings locken
+    // When bindings are locked, also lock sub bindings.
     if ( pImp->pSubBindings )
     {
         pImp->pSubBindings->ENTERREGISTRATIONS();
 
-        // Dieses EnterRegistrations ist f"ur die SubBindings kein "echtes"
+        // These EnterRegistrations are not "real" for the SubBindings
         pImp->pSubBindings->pImp->nOwnRegLevel--;
 
-        // Bindings synchronisieren
+        // Synchronize Bindings
         pImp->pSubBindings->nRegLevel = nRegLevel + pImp->pSubBindings->pImp->nOwnRegLevel + 1;
     }
 
@@ -1882,7 +1874,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxBindings::EnterRegistrations(const char *pFile, int nLine)
         pImp->nCachedFunc1 = 0;
         pImp->nCachedFunc2 = 0;
 
-        // merken, ob ganze Caches verschwunden sind
+        // Mark if the all of the Caches have dissapered.
         pImp->bCtrlReleased = sal_False;
     }
 
@@ -1899,14 +1891,14 @@ void SfxBindings::LeaveRegistrations( sal_uInt16 nLevel, const char *pFile, 
int
     DBG_ASSERT( nRegLevel, "Leave without Enter" );
     DBG_ASSERT( nLevel == USHRT_MAX || nLevel == nRegLevel, "wrong Leave" );
 
-    // Nur wenn die SubBindings noch von den SuperBindings gelockt sind, diesen Lock entfernen
-    // ( d.h. wenn es mehr Locks als "echte" Locks dort gibt )
+    // Only when the SubBindings are still locked by the Superbindings, 
+    // remove this lock (i.e. if there are more locks than "real" ones)
     if ( pImp->pSubBindings && pImp->pSubBindings->nRegLevel > 
pImp->pSubBindings->pImp->nOwnRegLevel )
     {
-        // Bindings synchronisieren
+        // Synchronize Bindings 
         pImp->pSubBindings->nRegLevel = nRegLevel + pImp->pSubBindings->pImp->nOwnRegLevel;
 
-        // Dieses LeaveRegistrations ist f"ur die SubBindings kein "echtes"
+        // This LeaveRegistrations is not "real" for SubBindings 
         pImp->pSubBindings->pImp->nOwnRegLevel++;
         pImp->pSubBindings->LEAVEREGISTRATIONS();
     }
@@ -1929,25 +1921,25 @@ void SfxBindings::LeaveRegistrations( sal_uInt16 nLevel, const char *pFile, 
int
 #ifndef slow
         SfxViewFrame* pFrame = pDispatcher->GetFrame();
 
-        // ggf unbenutzte Caches entfernen bzw. PlugInInfo aufbereiten
+        // If possible remove unused Caches, for example prepare PlugInInfo
         if ( pImp->bCtrlReleased )
         {
             for ( sal_uInt16 nCache = pImp->pCaches->Count(); nCache > 0; --nCache )
             {
-                // Cache via ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::Index besorgen
+                // Get Cache via ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::Index 
                 SfxStateCache *pCache = pImp->pCaches->GetObject(nCache-1);
 
-                // kein Controller mehr interessiert
+                // No interested Controller present 
                 if ( pCache->GetItemLink() == 0 && !pCache->GetInternalController() )
                 {
-                    // Cache entfernen. Safety: first remove and then delete
+                    // Remove Cache. Safety: first remove and then delete
                     SfxStateCache* pSfxStateCache = (*pImp->pCaches)[nCache-1];
                     pImp->pCaches->Remove(nCache-1, 1);
                     delete pSfxStateCache;
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    // neue Controller mit den alten Items benachrichtigen
+                    // new controller to notify the old items 
                     //!pCache->SetCachedState();
                 }
             }
@@ -1994,7 +1986,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxBindings::GetSlot(sal_uInt16 nSlotId)
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( pImp->pCaches != 0, "SfxBindings not initialized" );
 
-    // syncronisieren
+    // synchronizing
     pDispatcher->Flush();
     if ( pImp->bMsgDirty )
         UpdateSlotServer_Impl();
@@ -2038,7 +2030,7 @@ void SfxBindings::SetDispatcher( SfxDispatcher *pDisp )
         {
             if ( pImp->pSubBindings && pImp->pSubBindings->pDispatcher != pOldDispat )
             {
-                DBG_ERROR( "SubBindings vor Aktivieren schon gesetzt!" );
+                DBG_ERROR( "SubBindings already set before activating!" );
                 pImp->pSubBindings->ENTERREGISTRATIONS();
             }
             LEAVEREGISTRATIONS();
@@ -2048,7 +2040,7 @@ void SfxBindings::SetDispatcher( SfxDispatcher *pDisp )
             ENTERREGISTRATIONS();
             if ( pImp->pSubBindings && pImp->pSubBindings->pDispatcher != pOldDispat )
             {
-                DBG_ERROR( "SubBindings im Deaktivieren immer noch gesetzt!" );
+                DBG_ERROR( "SubBindings still set even when deactivating!" );
                 pImp->pSubBindings->LEAVEREGISTRATIONS();
             }
         }
@@ -2086,10 +2078,10 @@ void SfxBindings::StartUpdate_Impl( sal_Bool bComplete )
         pImp->pSubBindings->StartUpdate_Impl( bComplete );
 
     if ( !bComplete )
-        // Update darf unterbrochen werden
+        // Update may be interrupted
         NextJob_Impl(&pImp->aTimer);
     else
-        // alle Slots am St"uck updaten
+        // Update all slots in a row 
         NextJob_Impl(0);
 }
 
@@ -2190,14 +2182,14 @@ SfxItemState SfxBindings::QueryState( sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxPoolItem* 
&rpState )
         }
     }
 
-    // Dann am Dispatcher testen; da die von dort zur"uckgegebenen Items immer
-    // DELETE_ON_IDLE sind, mu\s eine Kopie davon gezogen werden, um einen
-    // Eigent"umer"ubergang zu erm"oglichen
+    // Then test at the dispatcher to check if the returned items from 
+    // there are always DELETE_ON_IDLE, a copy of it has to be made in 
+    // order to allow for transition of ownership.
     const SfxPoolItem *pItem = NULL;
     SfxItemState eState = pDispatcher->QueryState( nSlot, pItem );
     if ( eState == SFX_ITEM_SET )
     {
-        DBG_ASSERT( pItem, "SFX_ITEM_SET aber kein Item!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( pItem, "SFX_ITEM_SET but no item!" );
         if ( pItem )
             rpState = pItem->Clone();
     }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/ctrlitem.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/ctrlitem.cxx
index 34de0d9..4a111a5 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/ctrlitem.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/ctrlitem.cxx
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ DBG_NAME(SfxControllerItem);
 
 void SfxControllerItem::CheckConfigure_Impl( ULONG nType )
 {
-    // echter Slot? (also kein Separator etc.)
+    // Real Slot? (i.e. no Separator etc.)
     if ( !nId )
         return;
 
-    // ist die Id "uberhaupt in 'nType' konfigurierbar?
+    // is the ID configurable at all in 'nType'?
     const SfxSlot *pSlot = SFX_SLOTPOOL().GetSlot(nId);
     DBG_ASSERTWARNING( pSlot, "SfxControllerItem: binding not existing slot" );
     if ( pSlot && !pSlot->IsMode(nType) )
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ void SfxControllerItem::CheckConfigure_Impl( ULONG nType )
 #endif
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // returns the next registered SfxControllerItem with the same id
 
 SfxControllerItem* SfxControllerItem::GetItemLink()
@@ -75,7 +74,6 @@ SfxControllerItem* SfxControllerItem::GetItemLink()
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // returns TRUE if this binding is really bound to a function
 
 BOOL SfxControllerItem::IsBound() const
@@ -86,23 +84,21 @@ BOOL SfxControllerItem::IsBound() const
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // returns the associated function-id or 0 if none
 
 // USHORT SfxControllerItem::GetId() const;
 
 //====================================================================
-
 // registeres with the id at the bindings
 
 void SfxControllerItem::Bind( USHORT nNewId, SfxBindings *pBindinx )
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings || pBindinx, "Keine Bindings");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings || pBindinx, "No Bindings");
 
     if ( IsBound() ) {
-        DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "Keine Bindings");
+        DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "No Bindings");
         pBindings->Release(*this);
     }
 
@@ -118,10 +114,10 @@ void SfxControllerItem::BindInternal_Impl( USHORT nNewId, SfxBindings 
*pBindinx
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings || pBindinx, "Keine Bindings");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings || pBindinx, "No Bindings");
 
     if ( IsBound() ) {
-        DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "Keine Bindings");
+        DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "No Bindings");
         pBindings->Release(*this);
     }
 
@@ -138,14 +134,14 @@ void SfxControllerItem::BindInternal_Impl( USHORT nNewId, SfxBindings 
*pBindinx
 
 void SfxControllerItem::UnBind()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    "ost die Verbindung dieses SfxControllerItems mit der SfxBindings-Instanz,
-    an der es zur Zeit gebunden ist. Ab diesem Zeitpunkt erh"alt es keine
-    Statusbenachrichtigungen (<SfxControllerItem::StateChented()>) mehr.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Unbinds the connection of this SfxControllerItems with the SfxBindings 
+    instance with which it to time is bound. From this time on it does not 
+    receive any status notifications (<SfxControllerItem::StateChented()>) 
+    anymore.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxControllerItem::ReBind()>
     <SfxControllerItem::ClearCache()>
@@ -153,7 +149,7 @@ void SfxControllerItem::UnBind()
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "Keine Bindings");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "No Bindings");
     DBG_ASSERT( IsBound(), "unbindings unbound SfxControllerItem" );
 
     pBindings->Release(*this);
@@ -164,14 +160,13 @@ void SfxControllerItem::UnBind()
 
 void SfxControllerItem::ReBind()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Binded dieses SfxControllerItem wieder an die SfxBindings-Instanz,
-    an der es zuletzt gebunden war. Ab diesem Zeitpunkt erh"alt es wieder
-    Statusbenachrichtigungen (<SfxControllerItem::StateChented()>).
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Binds this SfxControllerItem with the SfxBindings instance again,
+    with which it was last bound. From this time on it does receive status 
+    notifications (<SfxControllerItem::StateChented()>) again.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxControllerItem::UnBind()>
     <SfxControllerItem::ClearCache()>
@@ -180,7 +175,7 @@ void SfxControllerItem::ReBind()
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
 DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "Keine Bindings");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "No Bindings");
     DBG_ASSERT( !IsBound(), "bindings rebound SfxControllerItem" );
 
     pBindings->Register(*this);
@@ -190,11 +185,11 @@ DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
 
 void SfxControllerItem::UpdateSlot()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Holt den Status 'hart' neu.
+    Get the Status again.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxControllerItem::ClearCache()>
 */
@@ -211,24 +206,20 @@ void SfxControllerItem::UpdateSlot()
 
 void SfxControllerItem::ClearCache()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    "oscht den Status-Cache f"ur dieses SfxControllerItem. D.h. beim
-    n"achsten Status-Update wird das <SfxPoolItem> auf jeden Fall geschickt,
-    auch wenn zuvor dasselbe geschickt wurde. Dies wird ben"otigt, wenn
-    ein Controller umgeschaltet werden kann und sich diesen Status
-    selbst merkt.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Clears the cache status for this SfxControllerItem. That is by the next 
+    status update is the <SfxPoolItem> sent in any case, even if the same was 
+    sent before. This is needed if a controller can be switched on and note 
+    that status themselves.
 
-    [Beispiel]
+    [Example]
 
-    Der Kombi-Controller f"ur das Einstellen des Fl"achentyps und der
-    konkreten Auspr"agung (Farbe blau oder Schraffur X) kann im Typ
-    umgestellt werden, wird jedoch dann bei der n"achsten Selektion
-    wieder benachrichtigt, auch wenn es dieselben Daten sind.
+    The combined controller for adjusting the surface type and the concrete 
+    expression (blue color, or hatching X) can be changed in type, but is then 
+    notified of the next selection again, even if it the same data.
 
-
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxControllerItem::UnBind()>
     <SfxControllerItem::ReBind()>
@@ -238,13 +229,12 @@ void SfxControllerItem::ClearCache()
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxControllerItem, 0);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "Keine Bindings");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pBindings, "No Bindings");
 
     pBindings->ClearCache_Impl( GetId() );
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // replaces the successor in the list of bindings of the same id
 
 SfxControllerItem* SfxControllerItem::ChangeItemLink( SfxControllerItem* pNewLink )
@@ -257,7 +247,6 @@ SfxControllerItem* SfxControllerItem::ChangeItemLink( SfxControllerItem* pNewLin
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // changes the id of unbound functions (e.g. for sub-menu-ids)
 
 void SfxControllerItem::SetId( USHORT nItemId )
@@ -270,7 +259,7 @@ void SfxControllerItem::SetId( USHORT nItemId )
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// creates a atomic item for a controller  without registration
+// creates a atomic item for a controller without registration.
 
 SfxControllerItem::SfxControllerItem():
     nId(0),
@@ -282,7 +271,6 @@ SfxControllerItem::SfxControllerItem():
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // creates a representation of the function nId and registeres it
 
 SfxControllerItem::SfxControllerItem( USHORT nID, SfxBindings &rBindings ):
@@ -296,7 +284,6 @@ SfxControllerItem::SfxControllerItem( USHORT nID, SfxBindings &rBindings ):
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // unregisteres the item in the bindings
 
 SfxControllerItem::~SfxControllerItem()
@@ -311,27 +298,29 @@ SfxControllerItem::~SfxControllerItem()
 
 void SfxControllerItem::StateChanged
 (
-    USHORT                             ,       // <SID> des ausl"osenden Slot
-    SfxItemState               ,       // <SfxItemState> von 'pState'
-    const SfxPoolItem*         // Slot-Status, ggf. 0 oder IsInvalidItem()
+    USHORT              // <SID> of the triggering slot
+    SfxItemState,       // <SfxItemState> of 'pState'
+    const SfxPoolItem*  // Slot-Status, NULL or IsInvalidItem()
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese virtuelle Methode wird vom SFx gerufen, um <SfxControllerItem>s
-    dar"uber zu benachrichtigen, da\s sich der Status des Slots 'nSID'
-    ge"andert hat. Der neue Wert sowie der von diesem Wert ermittelte
-    Status wird als 'pState' bzw. 'eState' mitgegeben.
+    This virtual method is called by the SFx to inform the <SfxControllerItem>s
+    is about that state of the slots 'NSID' has changed. The new value and the 
+    value determined by this status is given as 'pState' or 'eState'.
 
-    Der Status eines Slots kann sich "andern, wenn z.B. das MDI-Fenster
-    gewechselt wird oder der Slot explizit mit <SfxBindings::Invalidate()>
-    invalidiert wurde.
+    The status of a slot may change, for example when the MDI window is 
+    switched or when the slot was invalidated explicitly with 
+    <SfxBindings::Invalidate()>.
 
     Achtung! Die Methode wird nicht gerufen, wenn der Slot ung"ultig wurde,
     danach jedoch wieder denselben Wert angenommen hat.
 
-    Diese Basisklasse braucht nicht gerufen zu werden, weitere Zwischenstufen
-    jedoch (z.B. <SfxToolboxControl>) sollten gerufen werden.
+    Beware! The method is not called when the slot is invalid, however
+    has again assumed the same value.
+
+    This base class need not be called, further interim steps however 
+    (eg <SfxToolboxControl> ) should be called.
 */
 
 {
@@ -351,9 +340,9 @@ void SfxControllerItem::DeleteFloatingWindow()
 
 void SfxStatusForwarder::StateChanged
 (
-    USHORT                             nSID,           // <SID> des ausl"osenden Slot
-    SfxItemState               eState,         // <SfxItemState> von 'pState'
-    const SfxPoolItem* pState          // Slot-Status, ggf. 0 oder IsInvalidItem()
+    USHORT              nSID,    // <SID> of the triggering slot        
+    SfxItemState        eState,  // <SfxItemState> of 'pState'          
+    const SfxPoolItem*  pState   // Slot-Status, NULL or IsInvalidItem()
 )
 
 {
@@ -374,37 +363,35 @@ SfxStatusForwarder::SfxStatusForwarder(
 
 SfxItemState SfxControllerItem::GetItemState
 (
-    const SfxPoolItem* pState  /*      Pointer auf das <SfxPoolItem>, dessen
-                                    Status erfragt werden soll. */
+    const SfxPoolItem* pState   /*  Pointer to  <SfxPoolItem>, which
+                                    Status should be queried. */
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Statische Methode zum Ermitteln des Status des SfxPoolItem-Pointers,
-    in der Methode <SfxControllerItem::StateChanged(const SfxPoolItem*)>
-    zu verwenden.
+    Static method to determine the status of the SfxPoolItem-Pointers, to be 
+    used in the method <SfxControllerItem::StateChanged(const SfxPoolItem*)>
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    [Return value]
 
-    SfxItemState               SFX_ITEM_UNKNOWN
-                        Enabled, aber keine weitere Statusinformation
-                        verf"ugbar. Typisch f"ur <Slot>s, die allenfalls
-                        zeitweise disabled sind, aber ihre Darstellung sonst
-                        nicht "andern.
+    SfxItemState        SFX_ITEM_UNKNOWN
+                        Enabled, but no further status information available.
+                        Typical for <Slot>s, which anyway are sometimes 
+                        disabled, but otherwise do not change their appearance.
 
                         SFX_ITEM_DISABLED
-                        Disabled und keine weiter Statusinformation
-                        verf"ugbar. Alle anderen ggf. angezeigten Werte sollten
-                        auf den Default zur"uckgesetzt werden.
+                        Disabled and no further status information available.
+                        All other values that may appear should be reset to 
+                        default.
 
                         SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE
-                        Enabled aber es waren nur uneindeutige Werte
-                        verf"ugbar (also keine, die abgefragt werden k"onnen).
+                        Enabled but there were only ambiguous values available
+                        (i.e. non that can be queried).
 
                         SFX_ITEM_AVAILABLE
-                        Enabled und mit verf"ugbarem Wert, der von 'pState'
-                        erfragbar ist. Der Typ ist dabei im gesamten
-                        Programm eindeutig und durch den Slot festgelegt.
+                        Enabled and with available values, which are queried 
+                        by 'pState'. The Type is thus clearly defined in the
+                        entire Program and specified through the Slot.
 */
 
 {
@@ -421,10 +408,10 @@ SfxItemState SfxControllerItem::GetItemState
 
 SfxMapUnit SfxControllerItem::GetCoreMetric() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Holt vom zust"andigen Pool die Ma\seinheit ab, in der das Status-Item
-    vorliegt.
+    Gets the measurement unit from the competent pool, in which the Status
+    item exist.
 */
 
 {
@@ -462,5 +449,4 @@ SfxMapUnit SfxControllerItem::GetCoreMetric() const
 #pragma optimize("g",off)
 #endif
 
-
 /* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx
index 4adc4e4..2019ecd 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 #include <svtools/ttprops.hxx>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>                            // wg. bsearch
+#include <stdlib.h>  // due to bsearch
 
 #define _SVSTDARR_ULONGS
 #include <svl/svstdarr.hxx>
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 #include <com/sun/star/frame/XLayoutManager.hpp>
 #include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp>
 
-// wg. nAutoPageID
+// due to nAutoPageID
 #include "appdata.hxx"
 #include "sfxhelp.hxx"
 #include <sfx2/dispatch.hxx>
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ DECL_PTRSTACK(SfxShellStack_Impl, SfxShell*, 8, 4 );
 
 struct SfxToDo_Impl
 {
-    SfxShell*                  pCluster;
-    bool                       bPush;
-    bool                       bDelete;
-    bool                       bUntil;
+    SfxShell*  pCluster;
+    bool       bPush;
+    bool       bDelete;
+    bool       bUntil;
 
     SfxToDo_Impl()
         : pCluster(0)
@@ -121,10 +121,10 @@ IMPL_OBJSTACK(SfxToDoStack_Impl, SfxToDo_Impl);
 
 struct SfxObjectBars_Impl
 {
-    sal_uInt32          nResId;        // Resource - und ConfigId der Toolbox
-    sal_uInt16          nMode; // spezielle Sichtbarkeitsflags
-    String                     aName;
-    SfxInterface*              pIFace;
+    sal_uInt32     nResId;  // Resource - and ConfigId of the Toolbox
+    sal_uInt16     nMode;   // special visibility flags
+    String         aName;
+    SfxInterface*  pIFace;
 
     SfxObjectBars_Impl() :
         nResId( 0 )
@@ -135,42 +135,43 @@ struct SfxObjectBars_Impl
 
 struct SfxDispatcher_Impl
 {
-    SfxRequestPtrArray      aReqArr;
-    const SfxSlotServer* pCachedServ1;          // zuletzt gerufene Message
-    const SfxSlotServer* pCachedServ2;          // vorletzt gerufene Message
-    SfxShellStack_Impl         aStack;                         // aktive Funktionalitaet
-    Timer                                      aTimer;                         // fuers flushen
-    SfxToDoStack_Impl          aToDoStack;             // nicht abgearb. Push/Pop
-    SfxViewFrame*           pFrame;            // 0 oder zugeh"or. Frame
-    SfxDispatcher*                     pParent;                        // z.B. AppDispatcher, ggf. 0
-    SfxHintPosterRef           xPoster;                        // asynchrones Execute
-    sal_Bool                    bFlushing;             // sal_True waehrend Flush //?
-    sal_Bool                                   bUpdated;                       // Update_Impl 
gelaufen
-    sal_Bool                    bLocked;               // kein Execute
-    sal_Bool                                   bInvalidateOnUnlock;// da fragte jemand
-    sal_Bool                                   bActive;                        // nicht 
verwechseln mit gesetzt!
-    sal_Bool*                                  pInCallAliveFlag;   // dem Stack den Dtor anzeigen
-    SfxObjectBars_Impl         aObjBars[SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX];
-    SfxObjectBars_Impl         aFixedObjBars[SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX];
-    SvULongs                           aChildWins;
-    sal_uInt16                                 nActionLevel;           // in EnterAction
-    sal_uInt32                                 nEventId;                       // EventId UserEvent
-    sal_Bool                                   bUILocked;                      // Update 
abgeklemmt (!zappeln)
-    sal_Bool                                   bNoUI;                          // UI nur vom 
Parent Dispatcher
-    sal_Bool                                   bReadOnly;                      // Dokument ist 
ReadOnly
-    sal_Bool                                   bQuiet;             // nur parent dispatcher 
verwenden
-    sal_Bool                                   bModal;             // nur Slots vom 
Parent-Dispatcher
-
-    sal_Bool                                   bFilterEnabling;        // sal_True=filter enabled 
slots, 2==ReadOnlyDoc uebersteuert
-    sal_uInt16                                 nFilterCount;           // Anzahl der SIDs in 
pFilterSIDs
-    const sal_uInt16*                  pFilterSIDs;            // sortiertes Array von SIDs
-    sal_uInt16                                 nStandardMode;          // ExecuteMode f. 
PlugInDispatcher
-    SvUShorts*                         pDisableList;
-    sal_uInt32                                 nDisableFlags;
+    SfxRequestPtrArray   aReqArr;
+    const SfxSlotServer* pCachedServ1;  // last called message
+    const SfxSlotServer* pCachedServ2;  // penultimate called Message
+    SfxShellStack_Impl   aStack;        // active functionality
+    Timer                aTimer;        // for Flush
+    SfxToDoStack_Impl    aToDoStack;    // not processed Push/Pop
+    SfxViewFrame*        pFrame;        // NULL or associated Frame
+    SfxDispatcher*       pParent;       // AppDispatcher, NULL if possible
+    SfxHintPosterRef     xPoster;       // Execute asynchronous
+    sal_Bool             bFlushing;     // sal_True during Flush //?
+    sal_Bool             bUpdated;      // Update_Impl has run
+    sal_Bool             bLocked;       // No Execute
+    sal_Bool     bInvalidateOnUnlock;   // because someone asked
+    sal_Bool             bActive;       // not to be confused with set!
+    sal_Bool*       pInCallAliveFlag;   // view the Destructor Stack
+    SfxObjectBars_Impl   aObjBars[SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX];
+    SfxObjectBars_Impl   aFixedObjBars[SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX];
+    SvULongs             aChildWins;
+    sal_uInt16           nActionLevel;  // in EnterAction
+    sal_uInt32           nEventId;      // EventId UserEvent
+    sal_Bool             bUILocked;     // Update disconnected (no flicker)
+    sal_Bool             bNoUI;         // UI only from Parent Dispatcher
+    sal_Bool             bReadOnly;     // Document is ReadOnly
+    sal_Bool             bQuiet;        // Only use parent dispatcher
+    sal_Bool             bModal;        // Only slots from parent dispatcher
+
+    sal_Bool           bFilterEnabling; // sal_True=filter enabled slots, 
+                                        // 2==ReadOnlyDoc overturned
+    sal_uInt16           nFilterCount;  // Number of SIDs in pFilterSIDs
+    const sal_uInt16*    pFilterSIDs;   // sorted Array of SIDs
+    sal_uInt16           nStandardMode; // ExecuteMode from PlugInDispatcher
+    SvUShorts*           pDisableList;
+    sal_uInt32           nDisableFlags;
 };
 
-#define NO_OBJECTBAR   0
-#define OWN_OBJECTBAR  1
+#define NO_OBJECTBAR    0
+#define OWN_OBJECTBAR   1
 #define OTHER_OBJECTBAR 2
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -180,18 +181,17 @@ struct SfxDispatcher_Impl
 //====================================================================
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsLocked( sal_uInt16 ) const
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode kann festgestellt werden, ob der SfxDispatcher
-    gesperrt oder freigegeben ist. Ein gesperrter SfxDispatcher
-    f"uhrt keine <SfxRequest>s mehr aus und liefert keine
-    Status-Informationen mehr. Er verh"alt sich so als w"aren alle
-    Slots disabled.
+    With this method it can be determined whether the SfxDispatcher is 
+    locked or unlocked. A locked SfxDispatcher does not perform <SfxRequest>s 
+    and no longer provides any status information. It behaves as if all the 
+    slots are disabled.
 
-    Der Dispatcher gilt auch als gesperrt, wenn alle Dispatcher
-    gelockt sind (<SfxApplication::LockDispatcher()>) oder der zugeh"orige
-    Top-Frame im modal-mode ist und der angegebene Slot Frame-spezifisch
-    (also nicht von der Application) bedient wird.
+    The dispatcher is also marked as blocked, if all Dispatcher are locked 
+    (<SfxApplication::LockDispatcher()>) or the associated top frame is in the 
+    modal-mode and if the specified slot are handled as frame-specific 
+    (ie, not served by the application).
 */
 
 {
@@ -201,19 +201,15 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsLocked( sal_uInt16 ) const
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsAppDispatcher() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode l"a\st sich festellen, ob der SfxDispacher der
-    Applikations-Dispatcher ist.
+    With this method it can be determined if the SfxDispacher is the
+    applications dispatcher.
 
+    [Return value]
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
-
-    sal_Bool                           sal_True
-                        Es ist der Applikations-Dispatcher.
-
-                        sal_False
-                        Es ist ein Dispatcher eines SfxViewFrame.
+    sal_Bool   sal_True       it is the application dispatcher.
+               sal_Fals       it is a SfxViewFrame dispatcher.
 */
 
 {
@@ -223,21 +219,21 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsAppDispatcher() const
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 int SfxDispatcher::Call_Impl( SfxShell& rShell, const SfxSlot &rSlot, SfxRequest &rReq, sal_Bool 
bRecord )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hilfsfunktion zum pr"ufen, ob ein Slot executed werden darf und
-    der Execution selbst.
+    Helper function to check whether a slot can be executed and 
+    check the execution itself
 */
 
 {
     SFX_STACK(SfxDispatcher::Call_Impl);
 
-    // darf der Slot gerufen werden (i.S.v. enabled)
+    // The slot may be called (meaning enabled)
     if ( rSlot.IsMode(SFX_SLOT_FASTCALL) || rShell.CanExecuteSlot_Impl(rSlot) )
     {
         if ( GetFrame() )
         {
-            // ggf. Recording anwerfen
+            // Recording may start
             com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::frame::XFrame > xFrame(
                     GetFrame()->GetFrame().GetFrameInterface(),
                     com::sun::star::uno::UNO_QUERY);
@@ -259,14 +255,13 @@ int SfxDispatcher::Call_Impl( SfxShell& rShell, const SfxSlot &rSlot, 
SfxRequest
                     rReq.Record_Impl( rShell, rSlot, xRecorder, GetFrame() );
             }
         }
-
-        // Alles holen, was gebraucht wird, da der Slot den Execute evtl. nicht
-        // "uberlebt, falls es ein 'Pseudoslot' f"ur Macros oder Verben ist
+        // Get all that is needed, because the slot may not have survived the 
+        // Execute if it is a 'pseudo slot' for macros or verbs.
         sal_Bool bAutoUpdate = rSlot.IsMode(SFX_SLOT_AUTOUPDATE);
 
-        // API-Call-Klammerung und Document-Lock w"ahrend des Calls
+        // API-call parentheses and document-lock during the calls
         {
-            // 'this' mu\s im Dtor bescheid sagen
+            // 'this' must respond in the Destructor
             sal_Bool bThisDispatcherAlive = sal_True;
             sal_Bool *pOldInCallAliveFlag = pImp->pInCallAliveFlag;
             pImp->pInCallAliveFlag = &bThisDispatcherAlive;
@@ -280,14 +275,14 @@ int SfxDispatcher::Call_Impl( SfxShell& rShell, const SfxSlot &rSlot, 
SfxRequest
             SfxExecFunc pFunc = rSlot.GetExecFnc();
             rShell.CallExec( pFunc, rReq );
 
-            // falls 'this' noch lebt
+            // If 'this' is still alive
             if ( bThisDispatcherAlive )
                 pImp->pInCallAliveFlag = pOldInCallAliveFlag;
             else
             {
                 if ( pOldInCallAliveFlag )
                 {
-                    // auch verschachtelte Stack-Frames sch"utzen
+                    // also protect nested stack frames
                     *pOldInCallAliveFlag = sal_False;
                 }
 
@@ -300,14 +295,14 @@ int SfxDispatcher::Call_Impl( SfxShell& rShell, const SfxSlot &rSlot, 
SfxRequest
         {
             SfxBindings *pBindings = GetBindings();
 
-            // bei AutoUpdate sofort updaten; "Pseudoslots" d"urfen nicht
-            // Autoupdate sein!
+            // When AutoUpdate update immediately; "Pseudoslots" must not be
+            // Autoupdate!
             if ( bAutoUpdate && pBindings )
             {
                 const SfxSlot* pSlave = rSlot.GetLinkedSlot();
                 if (pSlave)
                 {
-                    // bei Enum-Slots irgendeinen gebundenen Slave-Slot nehmen
+                    // When enum slots take any bound slave slot
                     while (!pBindings->IsBound(pSlave->GetSlotId()) && pSlave != &rSlot )
                         pSlave = pSlave->GetLinkedSlot();
                     pBindings->Invalidate(pSlave->GetSlotId());
@@ -378,11 +373,10 @@ SfxDispatcher::SfxDispatcher( SfxDispatcher* pParent )
 
 SfxDispatcher::SfxDispatcher( SfxViewFrame *pViewFrame )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Konstruktor der Klasse SfxDispatcher legt einen leeren Stack
-    von <SfxShell>-Pointern an. Er ist initial nicht gelockt und gilt als
-    geflusht.
+    The constructor of the SfxDispatcher class places a stack of empty 
+    <SfxShell> pointers. It is not initially locked and is considered flushed.
 */
 
 {
@@ -402,11 +396,11 @@ SfxDispatcher::SfxDispatcher( SfxViewFrame *pViewFrame )
 //====================================================================
 SfxDispatcher::~SfxDispatcher()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Destruktor der Klasse SfxDispatcher darf nicht gerufen werden,
-    wenn die SfxDispatcher-Instanz aktiv ist. Es d"urfen sich allerdings
-    noch <SfxShell>-Pointer auf dem Stack befinden.
+    The destructor of the SfxDispatcher class should not be called when the 
+    SfxDispatcher instance is active. It may, however, still be a <SfxShell> 
+    pointer on the stack.
 */
 
 {
@@ -417,27 +411,26 @@ SfxDispatcher::~SfxDispatcher()
     DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->bActive, "deleting active Dispatcher" );
 #endif
 
-    // Damit in LeaveRegistrations kein Timer per Reschedule in PlugComm
-    // zuschlaegt
+    // So that no timer by Reschedule in PlugComm strikes the LeaveRegistrations
     pImp->aTimer.Stop();
     pImp->xPoster->SetEventHdl( Link() );
 
-    // die Stack-Varialblem in Call_Impl benachrichtigen
+    // Notify the stack varialbles in Call_Impl
     if ( pImp->pInCallAliveFlag )
         *pImp->pInCallAliveFlag = sal_False;
 
-    // Bindings und App besorgen
+    // Get bindings and application
     SfxApplication *pSfxApp = SFX_APP();
     SfxBindings* pBindings = GetBindings();
 
-//     if (pImp->nEventId)
-//             pSfxApp->RemoveEventHdl(pImp->nEventId);
+//      if (pImp->nEventId)
+//              pSfxApp->RemoveEventHdl(pImp->nEventId);
 
-    // wenn noch nicht flushed, die Bindings wiederbeleben
+    // When not flushed, revive the bindings
     if ( pBindings && !pSfxApp->IsDowning() && !bFlushed )
         pBindings->DLEAVEREGISTRATIONS();
 
-    // ggf. bei den Bindings abmelden
+    // may unregister the bindings
     while ( pBindings )
     {
         if ( pBindings->GetDispatcher_Impl() == this)
@@ -451,27 +444,27 @@ SfxDispatcher::~SfxDispatcher()
 //====================================================================
 void SfxDispatcher::Pop
 (
-    SfxShell&   rShell,     /*  Die vom Stack zu nehmende SfxShell-Instanz. */
-
-    sal_uInt16      nMode       /*  SFX_SHELL_POP_UNTIL
-                                Es werden auch alle "uber 'rShell' liegenenden
-                                SfxShell's vom Stack genommen.
-
-                                SFX_SHELL_POP_DELETE
-                                Alle tats"achlich vom Stack genommenen
-                                SfxShells werden gel"oscht.
-
-                                SFX_SHELL_PUSH (InPlace use only)
-                                Die Shell wird gepusht. */
+    SfxShell&   rShell,  /* the stack to take the SfxShell instance. */
+
+    sal_uInt16   nMode   /* SFX_SHELL_POP_UNTIL
+                            Also all 'rShell' of SfxShells are taken from the 
+                            stack. 
+                            
+                            SFX_SHELL_POP_DELETE
+                            All SfxShells actually taken from the stack 
+                            will be deleted.
+
+                            SFX_SHELL_PUSH (InPlace use only)
+                            The Shell is pushed. */
 )
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Mit dieser Methode wird eine oder mehrere <SfxShell> vom SfxDispatcher
-    gepoppt. Die SfxShell wird zun"achst zum poppen vermerkt und
-    es wird ein Timer aufgesetzt. Erst bei Ablauf des Timers wird
-    tats"achlich gepoppt (<SfxDispatcher::Flush()>) und die <SfxBindings>
-    werden invalidiert. W"ahrend der Timer l"auft gleichen sich
-    entgegengesetzte Push und Pop Befehle mit derselben SfxShell aus.
+/*  [Description]
+
+    With this method, one or more <SfxShell> are poped from the SfxDispatcher. 
+    The SfxShell is marked for popping and a timer is set up. Only when the 
+    timer has reached the end, the pop is actually performed 
+    ( <SfxDispatcher::Flush()> ) and the <SfxBindings> is invalidated. 
+    While the timer is running the opposing push and pop commands on one 
+    SfxShell cancel each other out.
 */
 
 {
@@ -479,8 +472,8 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
     DBG_ASSERT( rShell.GetInterface(),
                 "pushing SfxShell without previous RegisterInterface()" );
     DBG_ASSERT( pImp->nActionLevel == 0, "Push or Pop within Action" );
-//     DBG_ASSERT( SFX_APP()->IsInAsynchronCall_Impl(),
-//                               "Dispatcher Push/Pop in synchron-call-stack" );
+//      DBG_ASSERT( SFX_APP()->IsInAsynchronCall_Impl(),
+//                                "Dispatcher Push/Pop in synchron-call-stack" );
 
     bool bDelete = (nMode & SFX_SHELL_POP_DELETE) == SFX_SHELL_POP_DELETE;
     bool bUntil = (nMode & SFX_SHELL_POP_UNTIL) == SFX_SHELL_POP_UNTIL;
@@ -501,10 +494,10 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
     DbgTrace( aMsg.GetBuffer() );
 #endif
 
-    // gleiche Shell wie on-Top des ToDo-Stacks?
+    // same shell as on top of the to-do stack?
     if ( pImp->aToDoStack.Count() && pImp->aToDoStack.Top().pCluster == &rShell )
     {
-        // inverse Actions heben sich auf
+        // cancel inverse actions 
         if ( pImp->aToDoStack.Top().bPush != bPush )
             pImp->aToDoStack.Pop();
         else
@@ -515,7 +508,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
     }
     else
     {
-        // ::com::sun::star::chaos::Action merken
+        // Remember ::com::sun::star::chaos::Action 
         pImp->aToDoStack.Push( SfxToDo_Impl(bPush, bDelete, bUntil, rShell) );
         if ( bFlushed )
         {
@@ -523,7 +516,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
             bFlushed = sal_False;
             pImp->bUpdated = sal_False;
 
-            // Bindings schlafen legen
+            // Put bindings to sleep
             SfxBindings* pBindings = GetBindings();
             if ( pBindings )
                 pBindings->DENTERREGISTRATIONS();
@@ -533,29 +526,28 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
     if ( !pSfxApp->IsDowning() && pImp->aToDoStack.Count() )
     {
         //! if (SFX_APP()->AnyInput(INPUT_KEYBOARD | INPUT_MOUSE) )
-        //! AnyInput haut nicht hin; hier muss noch ein Kriterium gefunden
-        //! werden. Solange wieder immer mit Timer.
-
+        //! AnyInput does not work, here a criterion has yet to found. 
+        //! As long as time after time with a timer.
         if (sal_True)
         {
-            // Kein sofortiges Update gewuenscht
+            // No immediate update is requested
             pImp->aTimer.SetTimeout(SFX_FLUSH_TIMEOUT);
             pImp->aTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK(this, SfxDispatcher, EventHdl_Impl ) );
             pImp->aTimer.Start();
         }
         else
         {
-            // Schnellstmoegliches Update (sollte Normalfall sein)
+            // Upgrade as quickly as possible(should be the normal case)
             pImp->aTimer.Stop();
             GetpApp()->PostUserEvent(pImp->nEventId, (void*)0);
         }
     }
     else
     {
-        // doch nichts zu tun
+        // but to do nothing
         pImp->aTimer.Stop();
 
-        // ggf. Bindings wieder aufwecken
+        // Bindings may wake up again
         if ( !pImp->aToDoStack.Count() )
         {
             SfxBindings* pBindings = GetBindings();
@@ -569,13 +561,13 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop
 
 IMPL_LINK_INLINE_START( SfxDispatcher, EventHdl_Impl, void *, pvoid )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Dieser Handler wird nach <SfxDispatcher::Invalidate()> oder Bewegungen
-    auf dem Stack (<SfxDispatcher::Push()> und <SfxDispatcher::Pop()) gerufen.
+    This handler is called after <SfxDispatcher::Invalidate()> or after
+    changes on the stack (<SfxDispatcher::Push()> and <SfxDispatcher::Pop())
 
-    Er flusht den Stack, falls er dirty ist, f"uhrt also die ausstehenden
-    Push und Pop Befehle tats"achlich aus.
+    It flushes the Stack, if it is dirty, thus it actually excecutes the 
+    pending Push and Pop commands.
 */
 
 {
@@ -594,14 +586,14 @@ IMPL_LINK_INLINE_END( SfxDispatcher, EventHdl_Impl, void *, pvoid )
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::CheckVirtualStack( const SfxShell& rShell, sal_Bool bDeep )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode kann gepr"uft werden, ob sich die <SfxShell> rShell
-    auf dem Stack befindet, wenn er geflusht w"are. Dabei wird der
-    SfxDispatcher jedoch nicht tats"achlich geflusht.
+    With this method it can be tested whether the <SfxShell> rShell is on the 
+    stack, when it was flushed. This way the SfxDispatcher is not actually 
+    flushed.
 
-    Diese Methode ist u.a. dazu gedacht, Assertions zu erm"oglichen, ohne
-    als Seiteneffekt den SfxDispathcer flushen zu m"ussen.
+    This method is intended among other things to make assertions possible 
+    without the side effect of having to flush the SfxDispathcer.
 */
 
 {
@@ -638,21 +630,19 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::CheckVirtualStack( const SfxShell& rShell, sal_Bool 
bDee
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::GetShellLevel( const SfxShell& rShell )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Ermittelt die Position einer SfxShell im Stack des Dispatchers.
-    Dazu wird dieser ggf. zuvor geflusht.
+    Determines the position of a given SfxShell in the stack of the dispatcher.
+    If possible this is flushed before.
 
+    [Return value]
 
-    [Rueckgabewert]
-
-    sal_uInt16                                         == USRT_MAX
-                                Die SfxShell befindet sich nicht auf
-                                diesem SfxDispatcher.
+    sal_uInt16                  == USRT_MAX
+                                The SfxShell is not on this SfxDispatcher.
 
                                 < USHRT_MAX
-                                Position der SfxShell auf dem Dispatcher
-                                von oben mit 0 beginnend gez"ahlt.
+                                Position of the SfxShell on the Dispatcher
+                                from the top count stating with 0.
 */
 
 {
@@ -677,14 +667,14 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::GetShellLevel( const SfxShell& rShell )
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 SfxShell *SfxDispatcher::GetShell(sal_uInt16 nIdx) const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Liefert einen Pointer auf die <SfxShell>, welche sich an der Position
-    nIdx (von oben, letzt-gepushte liegt bei 0) auf dem Stack befindet.
+    Returns a pointer to the <SfxShell> which is at the position nIdx 
+    (from the top, last pushed is 0) on the stack.
 
-    Dabei wird der SfxDispatcher nicht geflusht.
+    Thus the SfxDispatcher is not flushed.
 
-    Ist der Stack nicht tief genug, wird ein 0-Pointer zur"uckgegeben.
+    Is the stack not deep enough a NULL-Pointer is returned.
 */
 
 {
@@ -694,22 +684,22 @@ SfxShell *SfxDispatcher::GetShell(sal_uInt16 nIdx) const
     if ( nIdx < nShellCount )
         return pImp->aStack.Top(nIdx);
     else if ( pImp->pParent )
-        return pImp->pParent->GetShell(        nIdx - nShellCount );
+        return pImp->pParent->GetShell( nIdx - nShellCount );
     return 0;
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 SfxBindings* SfxDispatcher::GetBindings() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode liefert einen Pointer auf die <SfxBindings> Instanz
-    zur"uck, an die der SfxDispatcher gerade gebunden ist. Ein SfxDispatcher
-    ist nur dann an SfxBindings gebunden, wenn er <UI-aktiv> ist. Ist
-    er nicht UI-aktiv, wird ein 0-Pointer zur"uckgegeben.
+    This method returns a pointer to the <SfxBinding> Instance on which the 
+    SfxDispatcher is curretly bound. A SfxDispatcher is only bound to 
+    the SfxBindings when it is <UI-aktiv>. If it is not UI-active, 
+    a NULL-pointer is returned.
 
-    Der zur"uckgegebene Pointer ist nur im <unmittelbaren Kontext> des
-    Methodenaufrufs g"ultig.
+    The returned pointer is only valid in the immediate context of the method 
+    call.
 */
 
 {
@@ -722,11 +712,11 @@ SfxBindings* SfxDispatcher::GetBindings() const
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 SfxViewFrame* SfxDispatcher::GetFrame() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Liefert einen Pointer auf die <SfxViewFrame> Instanz, der dieser
-    SfxDispatcher geh"ort. Falls es sich um den Applikations-Dispatcher
-    handelt, wird ein 0-Pointer zur"uckgegeben.
+    Returns a pointer to the <SfxViewFrame> instance, which belongs to 
+    this SfxDispatcher. If it is about the application dispatcher, 
+    a NULL-pointer is returned.
 */
 
 {
@@ -737,18 +727,18 @@ SfxViewFrame* SfxDispatcher::GetFrame() const
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::DoActivate_Impl( sal_Bool bMDI, SfxViewFrame* /* pOld */ )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode steuert das Aktivieren eines Dispatchers.
+    This method controls the activation of a dispatcher.
 
-    Da der Applikations-Dispatcher immer aktiv ist, entweder als
-    Unterdispatcher des <SfxViewFrame>-Dispatchers oder selbst, wird
-    er nie als ganzes Aktiviert, sondern nur seine einzelnen <SfxShell>s
-    bei <SfxDispatcher::Push(SfxShell&)>.
+    Since the application dispatcher is always active, either as a sub 
+    dispatcher of the <SfxViewFrame> dispatcher or as itself, it is never 
+    activated as a whole, instead only its individual <SfxShell>s at 
+    <SfxDispatcher::Push(SfxShell&)>.
 
-    Beim Aktivieren eines SfxDispatchers wird an allen auf seinem
-    Stack befindlichen SfxShells, beginnend mit der untersten, der Handler
-    <SfxShell::Activate(sal_Bool)> gerufen.
+    When activating a SfxDispatcher all of the SfxShells located on its stack 
+    are called with the handler <SfxShell::Activate(sal_Bool)>, starting with 
+    the lowest.
 */
 
 {
@@ -760,7 +750,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DoActivate_Impl( sal_Bool bMDI, SfxViewFrame* /* pOld */ )
         ByteString sTemp("Activate Dispatcher ");
         sTemp += ByteString::CreateFromInt64( (sal_uIntPtr) this );
         DBG_TRACE(sTemp.GetBuffer());
-        DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->bActive, "Activate-Fehler" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->bActive, "Activation error" );
         #endif
         pImp->bActive = sal_True;
         pImp->bUpdated = sal_False;
@@ -803,14 +793,14 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DoActivate_Impl( sal_Bool bMDI, SfxViewFrame* /* pOld */ )
     {
         if (sal_True)
         {
-            // Kein sofortiges Update gewuenscht
+            // No immediate update is requested
             pImp->aTimer.SetTimeout(SFX_FLUSH_TIMEOUT);
             pImp->aTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK(this, SfxDispatcher, EventHdl_Impl ) );
             pImp->aTimer.Start();
         }
         else
         {
-            // Schnellstmoegliches Update (sollte Normalfall sein)
+            // Upgrade as quickly as possible(should be the normal case)
             pImp->aTimer.Stop();
             GetpApp()->PostUserEvent(pImp->nEventId, (void*)0);
         }
@@ -826,18 +816,18 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DoParentActivate_Impl()
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::DoDeactivate_Impl( sal_Bool bMDI, SfxViewFrame* pNew )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode steuert das Deaktivieren eines Dispatchers.
+    This method controls the deactivation of a dispatcher.
 
-    Da der Applikations-Dispatcher immer aktiv ist, entweder als
-    Unterdispatcher des <SfxViewFrame>-Dispatchers oder selbst, wird
-    er nie als ganzes Deaktiviert, sondern nur seine einzelnen <SfxShell>s
-    bei <SfxDispatcher::Pop(SfxShell&)>.
+    Since the application dispatcher is always active, either as a sub 
+    dispatcher of the <SfxViewFrame> dispatcher or as itself, it is never 
+    deactivated as a whole, instead only its individual <SfxShell>s at 
+    <SfxDispatcher::Pop(SfxShell&)>.
 
-    Beim Deaktivieren eines SfxDispatchers wird an allen auf seinem
-    Stack befindlichen SfxShells, beginnend mit der obersten, der Handler
-    <SfxShell::Deactivate(sal_Bool)> gerufen.
+    When deactivating a SfxDispatcher all of the SfxShells located on its stack 
+    are called with the handler <SfxShell::Deactivate(sal_Bool)>, starting with 
+    the lowest.
 */
 
 {
@@ -849,7 +839,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DoDeactivate_Impl( sal_Bool bMDI, SfxViewFrame* pNew )
     if ( bMDI )
     {
         DBG_TRACE(ByteString("Deactivate Dispatcher ").Append(ByteString::CreateFromInt64( 
(sal_uIntPtr) this )).GetBuffer());
-        DBG_ASSERT( pImp->bActive, "Deactivate-Fehler" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( pImp->bActive, "Deactivate error" );
         pImp->bActive = sal_False;
 
         if ( pImp->pFrame && !(pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsInPlaceActive() ) )
@@ -916,30 +906,28 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DoParentDeactivate_Impl()
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 int SfxDispatcher::GetShellAndSlot_Impl
 (
-    sal_uInt16                 nSlot,          // die zu suchende Slot-Id
-    SfxShell**         ppShell,        // die SfxShell, welche nSlot z.Zt. bedient
-    const SfxSlot** ppSlot,    // der SfxSlot, welcher nSlot z.Zt. bedient
-    sal_Bool                   bOwnShellsOnly,
-    sal_Bool                   bModal,         // trotz ModalMode
-    sal_Bool           bRealSlot
+    sal_uInt16      nSlot,    // the searchable Slot-Id
+    SfxShell**      ppShell,  // the SfxShell, which are currently handled 
+                              // the nSlot
+    const SfxSlot** ppSlot,   // the SfxSlot, which are currently handled
+                              // the nSlot
+    sal_Bool        bOwnShellsOnly,
+    sal_Bool        bModal,   // ModalMode
+    sal_Bool        bRealSlot
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Diese Methode sucht im SfxDispatcher nach der <SfxShell>, von der
-    die Slot-Id nSlot zur Zeit bedient wird. Dazu wird der Dispatcher
-    zuvor geflusht.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    This method searches in SfxDispatcher after <SfxShell> , from the Slot Id 
+    nSlot currently being handled. For this, the dispatcher is first flushed.
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    [Return value]
 
-    int                                sal_True
-                        Die SfxShell wurde gefunden, ppShell und ppSlot
-                        sind g"ultig.
+    int              sal_True
+                     The SfxShell was found, ppShell and ppSlot are valid.
 
-                        sal_True
-                        Die SfxShell wurde nicht gefunden, ppShell und ppSlot
-                        sind ung"ultig.
+                     sal_False
+                     The SfxShell was not found, ppShell and ppSlot are invalid.
 */
 
 {
@@ -999,16 +987,17 @@ struct Executer : public SfxHint
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::_Execute
 (
-    SfxShell&          rShell,         // zu rufende <SfxShell>
-    const SfxSlot&     rSlot,          // zu rufender <SfxSlot>
-    SfxRequest&                rReq,           // auszuf"uhrende Funktion (Id und optional 
Parameter)
-    SfxCallMode        eCallMode       // synchron, asynchron oder wie beim Slot angegeben
+    SfxShell&       rShell,    // to the calling <SfxShell>
+    const SfxSlot&  rSlot,     // to the calling <SfxSlot>
+    SfxRequest&     rReq,      // function to be performed
+                               // (Id and optional parameters)
+    SfxCallMode     eCallMode  // Synchronously, asynchronously or as shown in 
+                               // the slot
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode f"uhrt einen Request "uber einen gecachten <Slot-Server>
-    aus.
+    This method performs a request for a cached <Slot-Server>.
 */
 
 {
@@ -1053,14 +1042,14 @@ void SfxDispatcher::_Execute
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void MappedPut_Impl( SfxAllItemSet &rSet, const SfxPoolItem &rItem )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hilfsfunktion zum putten von rItem unter der im Pool des Item-Sets
-    rSet geltenden Which-Id.
+    Helper function to put from rItem below the Which-ID in the pool of the 
+    Item Sets rSet. 
 */
 
 {
-    // mit ggf. gemappter Which-Id putten
+    // Put with mapped Which-Id if possible
     const SfxItemPool *pPool = rSet.GetPool();
     sal_uInt16 nWhich = rItem.Which();
 #ifdef TF_POOLABLE
@@ -1084,7 +1073,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxPoolItem 
**pArgs
     if ( !nMode )
         nMode = pImp->nStandardMode;
 
-    // via Bindings/Interceptor? (dann ist der Returnwert nicht exakt)
+    // through Bindings/Interceptor? (then the return value is not exact)
     sal_Bool bViaBindings = SFX_USE_BINDINGS == ( nMode & SFX_USE_BINDINGS );
     nMode &= ~sal_uInt16(SFX_USE_BINDINGS);
     if ( bViaBindings && GetBindings() )
@@ -1092,7 +1081,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxPoolItem 
**pArgs
                 ? EXECUTE_POSSIBLE
                 : EXECUTE_NO;
 
-    // sonst via Dispatcher
+    // otherwise through the Dispatcher
     if ( IsLocked(nSlot) )
         return 0;
     SfxShell *pShell = 0;
@@ -1101,7 +1090,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxPoolItem 
**pArgs
     const SfxSlot *pSlot = 0;
     if ( GetShellAndSlot_Impl( nSlot, &pShell, &pSlot, sal_False, sal_False ) )
     {
-        // Ausf"uhrbarkeit vorher testen
+        // Feasibility test before
         if ( pSlot->IsMode( SFX_SLOT_FASTCALL ) ||
             pShell->CanExecuteSlot_Impl( *pSlot ) )
                 nRet = EXECUTE_POSSIBLE;
@@ -1141,7 +1130,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, const 
SfxItemSet& r
 
 /*
     // at the moment not implemented
-    // via Bindings/Interceptor? (dann ist der Returnwert nicht exakt)
+    // through Bindings/Interceptor? (then the return value is not exact)
     sal_Bool bViaBindings = SFX_USE_BINDINGS == ( nMode & SFX_USE_BINDINGS );
     nMode &= ~sal_uInt16(SFX_USE_BINDINGS);
     if ( bViaBindings && GetBindings() )
@@ -1149,7 +1138,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, const 
SfxItemSet& r
                 ? EXECUTE_POSSIBLE
                 : EXECUTE_NO;
 */
-    // sonst via Dispatcher
+    // otherwise through the Dispatcher 
     if ( IsLocked(nSlot) )
         return 0;
     SfxShell *pShell = 0;
@@ -1158,7 +1147,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::ExecuteFunction( sal_uInt16 nSlot, const 
SfxItemSet& r
     const SfxSlot *pSlot = 0;
     if ( GetShellAndSlot_Impl( nSlot, &pShell, &pSlot, sal_False, sal_False ) )
     {
-        // Ausf"uhrbarkeit vorher testen
+        // Feasibility test before
         if ( pSlot->IsMode( SFX_SLOT_FASTCALL ) ||
             pShell->CanExecuteSlot_Impl( *pSlot ) )
                 nRet = EXECUTE_POSSIBLE;
@@ -1188,7 +1177,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxDispatcher::GetSlotId( const String& rCommand )
 
 const SfxSlot* SfxDispatcher::GetSlot( const String& rCommand )
 {
-    // Anzahl der Shells auf den verkettenten Dispatchern z"ahlen
+    // Count the number of Shells on the linked Dispatcher
     Flush();
     sal_uInt16 nTotCount = pImp->aStack.Count();
     if ( pImp->pParent )
@@ -1248,7 +1237,7 @@ SfxExecuteItem::SfxExecuteItem( const SfxExecuteItem& rArg )
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 SfxExecuteItem::SfxExecuteItem(
     sal_uInt16 nWhichId, sal_uInt16 nSlotP, SfxCallMode eModeP,
-    const SfxPoolItem* pArg1, ... ) :
+    const SfxPoolItem*  pArg1, ... ) :
     SfxPoolItem( nWhichId ), nSlot( nSlotP ), eCall( eModeP ), nModifier( 0 )
 {
     va_list pVarArgs;
@@ -1282,7 +1271,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute( const SfxExecuteItem& rItem )
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-const SfxPoolItem*     SfxDispatcher::Execute(
+const SfxPoolItem*      SfxDispatcher::Execute(
     USHORT nSlot,
     SfxCallMode nCall,
     SfxItemSet* pArgs,
@@ -1320,27 +1309,26 @@ const SfxPoolItem*      SfxDispatcher::Execute(
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute
 (
-    sal_uInt16 nSlot,                          // die Id der auszufuehrenden Funktion
-    SfxCallMode eCall,                 // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON oder ..._SLOT
-    const SfxPoolItem **pArgs, // 0-terminiertes C-Array von Parametern
+    sal_uInt16 nSlot,                 // the Id of the executing function
+    SfxCallMode eCall,                // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON 
+                                      // or ..._SLOT
+    const SfxPoolItem **pArgs,        // Zero teminated C-Array of Parameters
     sal_uInt16 nModi,
-    const SfxPoolItem **pInternalArgs // 0-terminiertes C-Array von Parametern
+    const SfxPoolItem **pInternalArgs // Zero terminated C-Array of Parameters
 )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Methode zum Ausf"uhren eines <SfxSlot>s "uber die Slot-Id.
+    Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id.
 
+    [Return value]
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    const SfxPoolItem*      Pointer to the SfxPoolItem valid to the next run 
+                            though the Message-Loop, which contains the return 
+                            value.
 
-    const SfxPoolItem*         Pointer auf ein bis zum n"achsten Durchlauf
-                            der Message-Loop g"ultiges SfxPoolItem,
-                            welches den R"uckgabewert enth"alt.
-
-                            Oder ein 0-Pointer, wenn die Funktion nicht
-                            ausgef"uhrt wurde (z.B. Abbruch durch den
-                            Benutzer).
+                            Or a NULL-Pointer, when the function was not
+                            executed (for example canceled by the user).
 */
 
 {
@@ -1380,25 +1368,23 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute
 (
-    sal_uInt16 nSlot,                          // die Id der auszufuehrenden Funktion
-    SfxCallMode eCall,                 // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON oder ..._SLOT
-    const SfxItemSet &rArgs        // <SfxItemSet> mit Parametern
+    sal_uInt16 nSlot,        // the Id of the executing function
+    SfxCallMode eCall,       // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON or ..._SLOT
+    const SfxItemSet &rArgs  // <SfxItemSet> with the parameters
 )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Methode zum Ausf"uhren eines <SfxSlot>s "uber die Slot-Id.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id.
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    [Return value]
 
-    const SfxPoolItem*         Pointer auf ein bis zum n"achsten Durchlauf
-                            der Message-Loop g"ultiges SfxPoolItem,
-                            welches den R"uckgabewert enth"alt.
+    const SfxPoolItem*      Pointer to the SfxPoolItem valid to the next run 
+                            though the Message-Loop, which contains the return 
+                            value.
 
-                            Oder ein 0-Pointer, wenn die Funktion nicht
-                            ausgef"uhrt wurde (z.B. Abbruch durch den
-                            Benutzer).
+                            Or a NULL-Pointer, when the function was not
+                            executed (for example canceled by the user).
 */
 
 {
@@ -1439,26 +1425,25 @@ const SfxPoolItem*  SfxDispatcher::Execute
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::_Execute
 (
-    sal_uInt16                         nSlot,          // die Id der auszufuehrenden Funktion
-    SfxCallMode                eCall,          // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON oder 
..._SLOT
-    va_list                    pVarArgs,       // Parameterliste ab 2. Parameter
-    const SfxPoolItem* pArg1           // erster Parameter
+    sal_uInt16          nSlot,     // the Id of the executing function
+    SfxCallMode         eCall,     // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON or 
+                                   //..._SLOT
+    va_list             pVarArgs,  // Parameter list from the 2nd parameter
+    const SfxPoolItem*  pArg1      // First parameter
 )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Methode zum Ausf"uhren eines <SfxSlot>s "uber die Slot-Id.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id.
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    [Return value]
 
-    const SfxPoolItem*         Pointer auf ein bis zum n"achsten Durchlauf
-                            der Message-Loop g"ultiges SfxPoolItem,
-                            welches den R"uckgabewert enth"alt.
+    const SfxPoolItem*      Pointer to the SfxPoolItem valid to the next run 
+                            though the Message-Loop, which contains the return 
+                            value.
 
-                            Oder ein 0-Pointer, wenn die Funktion nicht
-                            ausgef"uhrt wurde (z.B. Abbruch durch den
-                            Benutzer).
+                            Or a NULL-Pointer, when the function was not
+                            executed (for example canceled by the user).
 */
 
 {
@@ -1487,35 +1472,32 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::_Execute
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute
 (
-    sal_uInt16                         nSlot,          // die Id der auszufuehrenden Funktion
-    SfxCallMode                eCall,          // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON oder 
..._SLOT
-    const SfxPoolItem* pArg1,          // erster Parameter
-    ...                                                        // 0-terminiertes Liste Parametern
+    sal_uInt16          nSlot,  // the Id of the executing function
+    SfxCallMode         eCall,  // SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON or 
+                                // ..._SLOT
+    const SfxPoolItem*  pArg1,  // First parameter
+    ...                         // Zero terminated list of parameters
 )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Methode zum Ausf"uhren eines <SfxSlot>s "uber die Slot-Id.
-
+/*  [Description]
 
-    [Anmerkung]
+    Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id.
 
-    Die Parameter werden kopiert, k"onnen daher als Adresse von
-    Stack-Objekten "ubergeben werden.
+    [Note]
 
+    The parameters are copied, can therefore be passed on as the address 
+    of stack objects.
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
+    [Return value]
 
-    const SfxPoolItem*         Pointer auf ein bis zum n"achsten Durchlauf
-                            der Message-Loop g"ultiges SfxPoolItem,
-                            welches den R"uckgabewert enth"alt.
+    const SfxPoolItem*      Pointer to the SfxPoolItem valid to the next run 
+                            though the Message-Loop, which contains the return 
+                            value.
 
-                            Oder ein 0-Pointer, wenn die Funktion nicht
-                            ausgef"uhrt wurde (z.B. Abbruch durch den
-                            Benutzer).
+                            Or a NULL-Pointer, when the function was not
+                            executed (for example canceled by the user).
 
-
-    [Beispiel]
+    [Example]
 
     pDispatcher->Execute( SID_OPENDOCUMENT, SFX_CALLMODE_SYNCHRON,
         &SfxStringItem( SID_FILE_NAME, "\\tmp\\temp.sdd" ),
@@ -1554,9 +1536,9 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute
 
 IMPL_LINK( SfxDispatcher, PostMsgHandler, SfxRequest*, pReq )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hilfsmethode zum Empfangen der asynchron auszuf"uhrenden <SfxRequest>s.
+    Helper method to receive the asynchronously executed <SfxRequest>s.
 */
 
 {
@@ -1564,7 +1546,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxDispatcher, PostMsgHandler, SfxRequest*, pReq )
     DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->bFlushing, "recursive call to dispatcher" );
     SFX_STACK(SfxDispatcher::PostMsgHandler);
 
-    // ist auch der Pool noch nicht gestorben?
+    // Has also the Pool not yet died?
 //    SfxRequest* pReq = pExec->pRequest;
     if ( !pReq->IsCancelled() )
     {
@@ -1582,11 +1564,11 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxDispatcher, PostMsgHandler, SfxRequest*, pReq )
                 DBG( SfxApplication *pSfxApp = SFX_APP() );
                 DBG( pSfxApp->EnterAsynchronCall_Impl() );
 
-                // Wenn pSlot ein "Pseudoslot" f"ur Macros oder Verben ist, kann
-                // er im Call_Impl zerst"ort werden, also nicht mehr benutzen!
+                // When the pSlot is a "Pseudoslot" for macros or Verbs, it can
+                // be destroyed in the Call_Impl, thus do not use it anymore!
                 pReq->SetSynchronCall( sal_False );
-                Call_Impl( *pSh, *pSlot, *pReq, pReq->AllowsRecording() ); //! woher bRecord?
-//                Call_Impl( *pShell, *pExec->pSlot, *pReq, sal_True ); //! woher bRecord?
+                Call_Impl( *pSh, *pSlot, *pReq, pReq->AllowsRecording() ); //! why bRecord?
+//                Call_Impl( *pShell, *pExec->pSlot, *pReq, sal_True ); //! why bRecord?
                 DBG( pSfxApp->LeaveAsynchronCall_Impl() );
             }
 
@@ -1824,7 +1806,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxDispatcher::_Update_Impl( sal_Bool bUIActive, sal_Bool 
bIsMDIApp,
             if ( bReadOnlyShell && !( nPos & SFX_VISIBILITY_READONLYDOC ) )
                 continue;
 
-            // check wether toolbar needs activation of a special feature
+            // check weather toolbar needs activation of a special feature
             sal_uInt32 nFeature = pIFace->GetObjectBarFeature(nNo);
             if ( nFeature && !pShell->HasUIFeature( nFeature ) )
                 continue;
@@ -1951,9 +1933,9 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxDispatcher::_Update_Impl( sal_Bool bUIActive, sal_Bool 
bIsMDIApp,
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hilfsmethode zum Ausf"uhren der ausstehenden Push- und Pop-Befehle.
+    Helper method to execute the outstanding push and pop commands.
 */
 
 {
@@ -1974,8 +1956,8 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
     if ( pImp->pParent )
         pImp->pParent->Flush();
 
-//     if ( pImp->bQuiet )
-//             return;
+//      if ( pImp->bQuiet )
+//              return;
 
     pImp->bFlushing = !pImp->bFlushing;
     if ( !pImp->bFlushing )
@@ -1993,7 +1975,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
 
     SfxApplication *pSfxApp = SFX_APP();
 
-    // in der 1. Runde den echten Stack 'um'bauen
+    // Re-build the true stack in the first round
     SfxToDoStack_Impl aToDoCopy;
     sal_Bool bModify = sal_False;
     short nToDo;
@@ -2004,18 +1986,18 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
         SfxToDo_Impl aToDo( pImp->aToDoStack.Top(nToDo) );
         if ( aToDo.bPush )
         {
-            // tats"aechlich pushen
+            // Actually push
             DBG_ASSERT( !pImp->aStack.Contains( aToDo.pCluster ),
                         "pushed SfxShell already on stack" );
             pImp->aStack.Push( aToDo.pCluster );
             aToDo.pCluster->SetDisableFlags( pImp->nDisableFlags );
 
-            // die bewegte Shell merken
+            // Mark the moved shell
             aToDoCopy.Push( aToDo );
         }
         else
         {
-            // tats"aechlich poppen
+            // Actually pop
             SfxShell* pPopped = 0;
             bool bFound = false;
             do
@@ -2025,7 +2007,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
                 pPopped->SetDisableFlags( 0 );
                 bFound = pPopped == aToDo.pCluster;
 
-                // die bewegte Shell merken
+                // Mark the moved Shell
                 aToDoCopy.Push( SfxToDo_Impl( sal_False, aToDo.bDelete, sal_False, *pPopped) );
             }
             while ( aToDo.bUntil && !bFound );
@@ -2036,7 +2018,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
             pImp->aToDoStack.Clear();
     }
 
-    // ggf. Bindings invalidieren
+    // Invalidate bindings, if possible
     if ( !pSfxApp->IsDowning() )
     {
         if ( bModify )
@@ -2049,11 +2031,11 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
     }
 
     pImp->bFlushing = sal_False;
-    pImp->bUpdated = sal_False; // nicht nur bei bModify, falls Doc/Template-Config
+    pImp->bUpdated = sal_False; // not only when bModify, if Doc/Template-Config
     bFlushed = sal_True;
     DBG_TRACE("Successfully flushed dispatcher!");
 
-    // in der 2. Runde die Shells aktivieren und ggf. l"oschen
+    // Activate the Shells and possible delete them in the 2nd round
     for ( nToDo = aToDoCopy.Count()-1; nToDo >= 0; --nToDo )
     {
         SfxToDo_Impl aToDo( aToDoCopy.Top(nToDo) );
@@ -2075,9 +2057,10 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
     if( bAwakeBindings )
         aToDoCopy.Clear();
 
-    // Wenn bei Activate/Deactivate/Delete weitere Stackbewegungen erfolgt sind :
+    // If more changes have occured on the stach when 
+    // Activate/Deactivate/Delete:
     if (!bFlushed)
-        // falls jemand Push/Pop gerufen hat, wurde auch EnterReg gerufen!
+        // If Push/Pop hs been called by someone, theb also EnterReg was called!
         FlushImpl();
 
     if( bAwakeBindings && GetBindings() )
@@ -2097,52 +2080,51 @@ void SfxDispatcher::FlushImpl()
 void SfxDispatcher::SetSlotFilter
 (
     HACK(hier muss mal ein enum rein)
-    sal_Bool                   bEnable,        /*      sal_True:
-                                    nur angegebene Slots enablen,
-                                    alle anderen disablen
+    sal_Bool           bEnable,  /* sal_True:
+                                    only enable specified slots,
+                                    disable all other
 
                                     sal_False:
-                                    die angegebenen Slots disablen,
-                                    alle anderen zun"achst enablen
-                                */
-    sal_uInt16                         nCount,         //      Anzahl der SIDs im folgenden Array
-    const sal_uInt16*  pSIDs           //      sortiertes Array von 'nCount' SIDs
+                                    disable specified slots,
+                                    first enable all other
+                                 */
+    sal_uInt16         nCount,   // Number of SIDs in the following Array
+    const sal_uInt16*  pSIDs     // sorted Array of 'nCount' SIDs
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Mit dieser Methode wird ein Filter gesetzt, mit dem gezielt Slots
-    enabled bzw. disabled werden k"onnen. Das "ubergebene Array mu\s
-    bis zum Dtor bzw. n"achsten <SetSlotFilter()> erhalten bleiben, es
-    wird nicht vom Dispatcher gel"oscht, es kann daher static sein.
+/*  [Description]
 
-    In ReadOnly-Dokumenten kann man mit 'bEnable==2' quasi das ReadOnlyDoc
-    Flag von Slots "ubersteuern, dieser werden also wieder gefunden. Auf
-    andere Slots hat das dann keine Auswirkung.
+    With this method a filter set, the target slots can be enabled or disabled.
+    The passed array must be retained until the destructor or the next 
+    <SetSlotFilter()>, it is not deleted from the dispatcher, so it can thus be
+    static.
 
+    In read-only documents the quasi ReadOnlyDoc Flag of slots can be 
+    overturned by the use of 'bEnable == 2', so this will be displayed again. 
+    On the other slots it has no effect.
 
-    [Beispiel]
+    [Example]
 
-    gezieltes disablen der Slots 1, 2 und 3:
+    Targeted disabling of Slots 1, 2 and 3:
 
         static sal_uInt16 const pSIDs[] = { 1, 2, 3 };
         pDisp->SetSlotFilter( sal_False, sizeof(pSIDs)/sizeof(sal_uInt16), pSIDs );
 
-    nur die Slots 5, 6 und 7 zulassen:
+    only permit Slots 5, 6 and 7:
 
         static sal_uInt16 const pSIDs[] = { 5, 6, 7 };
         pDisp->SetSlotFilter( sal_True, sizeof(pSIDs)/sizeof(sal_uInt16), pSIDs );
 
-    Filter ausschalten:
+    Turn-off Filter:
 
         pDisp->SetSlotFilter();
 */
 
 {
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-    // Array "uberpr"ufen
+    // Check Array 
     for ( sal_uInt16 n = 1; n < nCount; ++n )
-        DBG_ASSERT( pSIDs[n] > pSIDs[n-1], "SetSlotFilter: SIDs not sortet" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( pSIDs[n] > pSIDs[n-1], "SetSlotFilter: SIDs not sorted" );
 #endif
 
     if ( pImp->pFilterSIDs )
@@ -2176,59 +2158,59 @@ SfxCompareSIDs_Impl( const void* pSmaller, const void* pBigger )
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsSlotEnabledByFilter_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSID ) const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Sucht 'nSID' in dem mit <SetSlotFilter()> gesetzten Filter und
-    liefert sal_True, falls die SID erlaubt ist, bzw. sal_False, falls sie
-    durch den Filter disabled ist.
+    Searches for 'nSID' in the Filter set by <SetSlotFilter()> and
+    returns sal_True, if the SIDis allowed, or sal_False, if it is
+    disabled by the Filter.
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
-    sal_Bool                           0       =>      disabled
-                        1      =>      enabled
-                        2      =>      enabled even if ReadOnlyDoc
+    [Return value]
+    sal_Bool            0       =>      disabled
+                        1       =>      enabled
+                        2       =>      enabled even if ReadOnlyDoc
 */
 
 {
-    // kein Filter?
+    // no filter?
     if ( 0 == pImp->nFilterCount )
-        // => alle SIDs erlaubt
+        // => all SIDs allowed
         return sal_True;
 
-    // suchen
+    // search
     sal_Bool bFound = 0 != bsearch( &nSID, pImp->pFilterSIDs, pImp->nFilterCount,
                                 sizeof(sal_uInt16), SfxCompareSIDs_Impl );
 
     // even if ReadOnlyDoc
     if ( 2 == pImp->bFilterEnabling )
         return bFound ? 2 : 1;
-    // sonst je nach Negativ/Positiv Filter
+    // Otherwise after Negative/Positive Filter
     return pImp->bFilterEnabling ? bFound : !bFound;
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_TryIntercept_Impl
 (
-    sal_uInt16                         nSlot,          // zu suchende Slot-Id
-    SfxSlotServer&             rServer,        // zu f"uellende <SfxSlotServer>-Instanz
-    sal_Bool                           bSelf
+    sal_uInt16      nSlot,    // Slot-Id to search for
+    SfxSlotServer&  rServer,  // <SfxSlotServer>-Instance to fill
+    sal_Bool        bSelf
 )
 {
-    // Eventuell geh"ort der parent auch zu einer Komponente
+    // Maybe the parent is also belongs to a component
     SfxDispatcher *pParent = pImp->pParent;
     sal_uInt16 nLevels = pImp->aStack.Count();
     while ( pParent && pParent->pImp->pFrame )
     {
         if ( pParent->pImp->pFrame->GetFrame().HasComponent() )
         {
-            // Components d"urfen intercepten
+            // Components may be intercepted
             if ( pParent->_TryIntercept_Impl( nSlot, rServer, sal_True ) )
             {
-                // Die eigenen Shells zum Shelllevel hinzuz"ahlen
+                // The own shells are added to the Shell Level
                 rServer.SetShellLevel( rServer.GetShellLevel() + nLevels );
                 return sal_True;
             }
             else
-                // Keine weitere Interception
+                // No further Interception
                 break;
         }
         else
@@ -2239,7 +2221,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_TryIntercept_Impl
 
     if ( bSelf )
     {
-        // Die ComponentViewShell befragen
+        // Query the ComponentViewShell
         Flush();
         SfxShell *pObjShell = GetShell(0);
         SfxInterface *pIFace = pObjShell->GetInterface();
@@ -2263,36 +2245,35 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_TryIntercept_Impl
 
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
 (
-    sal_uInt16                         nSlot,          // zu suchende Slot-Id
-    SfxSlotServer&      rServer,        // zu f"uellnde <SfxSlotServer>-Instanz
-    sal_Bool                           bModal          // trotz ModalMode
+    sal_uInt16      nSlot,     // Slot-Id to search for
+    SfxSlotServer&  rServer,   // <SfxSlotServer>-Instance to fill
+    sal_Bool        bModal     // Dispite ModalMode
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Hilfsmethode sucht den <Slot-Server>, der nSlot zur Zeit bedient.
-    Als Ergebnis wird rServer entsprechend gef"ullt.
+    This helper method searches for the <Slot-Server> which currently serves
+    the nSlot. As the result, rServe is filled accordingly. 
 
-    Falls bekannt, kann das SfxInterface mitgegeben werden, von welchem
-    nSlot momentan bedient wird.
+    If known the SfxInterface which is currently served by nSlot can be 
+    passed along.
 
-    Vor der Suche nach nSlot wird der SfxDispatcher geflusht.
+    The SfxDispatcher is flushed while searching for nSlot. 
 
+    [Return value]
 
-    [R"uckgabewert]
 
-    sal_Bool                           sal_True
-                        Der Slot wurde gefunden, rServer ist g"ultig.
+    sal_Bool            sal_True
+                        The Slot was found, rServer is valid.
 
                         sal_False
-                        Der Slot wird momentan nicht bedient, rServer
-                        ist ung"ultig.
+                        The Slot is currently not served, rServer is invalid.
 */
 
 {
     SFX_STACK(SfxDispatcher::_FindServer);
 
-    // Dispatcher gelockt? (SID_HELP_PI trotzdem durchlassen)
+    // Dispatcher locked? (nevertheless let SID_HELP_PI through)
     SfxApplication *pSfxApp = SFX_APP();
     if ( IsLocked(nSlot) )
     {
@@ -2300,7 +2281,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
         return sal_False;
     }
 
-    // Anzahl der Shells auf den verkettenten Dispatchern z"ahlen
+    // Count the number of Shells in the linked dispatchers.
     Flush();
     sal_uInt16 nTotCount = pImp->aStack.Count();
     if ( pImp->pParent )
@@ -2313,7 +2294,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
         }
     }
 
-    // Makro-Slot?
+    // Macro-Slot?
     if ( SfxMacroConfig::IsMacroSlot( nSlot ) )
     {
         const SfxMacroInfo* pInfo = pSfxApp->GetMacroConfig()->GetMacroInfo(nSlot);
@@ -2351,7 +2332,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
         }
     }
 
-    // SID gegen gesetzten Filter pr"ufen
+    // SID check against set filter
     sal_uInt16 nSlotEnableMode=0;
     if ( pImp->pFrame )
     {
@@ -2360,7 +2341,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
             return sal_False;
     }
 
-    // im Quiet-Mode nur Parent-Dispatcher
+    // In Quiet-Mode only Parent-Dispatcher
     if ( pImp->bQuiet )
     {
         if ( pImp->pParent )
@@ -2375,10 +2356,11 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
     }
 
     sal_Bool bReadOnly = ( 2 != nSlotEnableMode && pImp->bReadOnly );
-//                             ( pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell() );
-//                               pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsLoading() );
+//                              ( pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell() );
+//                                pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsLoading() );
 
-    // durch alle Shells der verketteten Dispatchern von oben nach unten suchen
+    // search through all the shells of the chained dispatchers 
+    // from top to bottom
 #ifdef DBG_UTILx
     String aStack( "Stack:" );
 #endif
@@ -2397,26 +2379,26 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer
 
         if ( pSlot )
         {
-            // Slot geh"ort zum Container?
+            // Slot belongs to Container?
             bool bIsContainerSlot = pSlot->IsMode(SFX_SLOT_CONTAINER);
             bool bIsInPlace = pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsInPlaceActive();
 
-            // Shell geh"ort zum Server?
-            // AppDispatcher oder IPFrame-Dispatcher
+            // Shell belongs to Server?
+            // AppDispatcher or IPFrame-Dispatcher
             bool bIsServerShell = !pImp->pFrame || bIsInPlace;
 
-            // Nat"urlich sind ServerShell-Slots auch ausf"uhrbar, wenn sie auf
-            // einem Container-Dispatcher ohne IPClient ausgef"uhrt werden sollen.
+            // Of course ShellServer-Slots are also executable even when it is 
+            // excecuted on a container dispatcher without a IPClient.
             if ( !bIsServerShell )
             {
                 SfxViewShell *pViewSh = pImp->pFrame->GetViewShell();
                 bIsServerShell = !pViewSh || !pViewSh->GetUIActiveClient();
             }
 
-            // Shell geh"ort zum Container?
-            // AppDispatcher oder kein IPFrameDispatcher
+            // Shell belongs to Container?
+            // AppDispatcher or no IPFrameDispatcher
             bool bIsContainerShell = !pImp->pFrame || !bIsInPlace;
-            // Shell und Slot passen zusammen
+            // Shell and Slot match
             if ( !( ( bIsContainerSlot && bIsContainerShell ) ||
                     ( !bIsContainerSlot && bIsServerShell ) ) )
                 pSlot = 0;
@@ -2470,7 +2452,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::HasSlot_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSlot )
     }
 
     if ( SfxMacroConfig::IsMacroSlot( nSlot ) )
-        // Makro-Slot?
+        // Macro-Slot?
         return sal_True;
     else if (nSlot >= SID_VERB_START && nSlot <= SID_VERB_END)
     {
@@ -2485,7 +2467,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::HasSlot_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSlot )
         }
     }
 
-    // SID gegen gesetzten Filter pr"ufen
+    // SID check against set filter
     sal_uInt16 nSlotEnableMode=0;
     if ( pImp->pFrame )
     {
@@ -2494,13 +2476,13 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::HasSlot_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSlot )
             return sal_False;
     }
 
-    // im Quiet-Mode nur Parent-Dispatcher
+    // In Quiet-Mode only Parent-Dispatcher
     if ( pImp->bQuiet )
         return sal_False;
 
     sal_Bool bReadOnly = ( 2 != nSlotEnableMode && pImp->bReadOnly );
-//                             ( pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell());
-//                               pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsLoading() );
+//                              ( pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell());
+//                                pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsLoading() );
 
     for ( sal_uInt16 i=0 ; i < nTotCount; ++i )
     {
@@ -2515,27 +2497,27 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::HasSlot_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSlot )
 
         if ( pSlot )
         {
-            // Slot geh"ort zum Container?
+            // Slot belongs to Container?
             bool bIsContainerSlot = pSlot->IsMode(SFX_SLOT_CONTAINER);
             bool bIsInPlace = pImp->pFrame && pImp->pFrame->GetObjectShell()->IsInPlaceActive();
 
-            // Shell geh"ort zum Server?
-            // AppDispatcher oder IPFrame-Dispatcher
+            // Shell belongs to Server?
+            // AppDispatcher or IPFrame-Dispatcher
             bool bIsServerShell = !pImp->pFrame || bIsInPlace;
 
-            // Nat"urlich sind ServerShell-Slots auch ausf"uhrbar, wenn sie auf
-            // einem Container-Dispatcher ohne IPClient ausgef"uhrt werden sollen.
+            // Of course ShellServer-Slots are also executable even when it is 
+            // excecuted on a container dispatcher without a IPClient
             if ( !bIsServerShell )
             {
                 SfxViewShell *pViewSh = pImp->pFrame->GetViewShell();
                 bIsServerShell = !pViewSh || !pViewSh->GetUIActiveClient();
             }
 
-            // Shell geh"ort zum Container?
-            // AppDispatcher oder kein IPFrameDispatcher
+            // Shell belongs to Container?
+            // AppDispatcher or no IPFrameDispatcher
             bool bIsContainerShell = !pImp->pFrame || !bIsInPlace;
 
-            // Shell und Slot passen zusammen
+            // Shell and Slot match
             if ( !( ( bIsContainerSlot && bIsContainerShell ) ||
                     ( !bIsContainerSlot && bIsServerShell ) ) )
                 pSlot = 0;
@@ -2551,23 +2533,21 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::HasSlot_Impl( sal_uInt16 nSlot )
     return sal_False;
 }
 
-
-
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FillState
 (
-    const SfxSlotServer& rSvr,          // abzufragende <Slot-Server>
-    SfxItemSet&                        rState,         // zu f"ullendes <SfxItemSet>
-    const SfxSlot*                     pRealSlot       // ggf. der tats"achliche Slot
+    const SfxSlotServer&  rSvr,      // <Slot-Server> to query
+    SfxItemSet&           rState,    // <SfxItemSet> to be filled
+    const SfxSlot*        pRealSlot  // The actual Slot if possible
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Hilfsmethode zum Abfragen des Status des <Slot-Server>s rSvr.
-    In rState m"ussen die gew"unschten Slots-Ids (teilweise in Which-Ids
-    des betreffenden Pools umgewandelt) vorhanden sein.
+    Helper method to obtain the status of the <Slot-Server>s rSvr. 
+    The required slots IDs (partly converted to Which-IDs of the pool) 
+    must be present in rstate.
 
-    Der SfxDispatcher wird vor der Abfrage geflusht.
+    The SfxDispatcher is flushed before the query.
 */
 
 {
@@ -2590,9 +2570,9 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FillState
             return FALSE;
         // Flush();
 
-        // Objekt ermitteln und Message an diesem Objekt aufrufen
+        // Determine the object and call the Message of this object
         SfxShell *pSh = GetShell(rSvr.GetShellLevel());
-        DBG_ASSERT(pSh, "ObjektShell nicht gefunden");
+        DBG_ASSERT(pSh, "ObjektShell not found");
 
         SfxStateFunc pFunc;
 
@@ -2603,7 +2583,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FillState
 
         pSh->CallState( pFunc, rState );
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
-        // pr"ufen, ob IDL (SlotMap) und aktuelle Items "ubereinstimmen
+        // To examine the conformity of IDL (SlotMap) and current Items
         if ( DbgIsAssertWarning() && rState.Count() )
         {
             SfxInterface *pIF = pSh->GetInterface();
@@ -2638,10 +2618,9 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::_FillState
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::_Execute( const SfxSlotServer &rSvr )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode f"uhrt einen Request "uber einen gecachten <Slot-Server>
-    aus.
+    This method performs a request for a cached <Slot-Server>.
 */
 
 {
@@ -2658,7 +2637,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::_Execute( const SfxSlotServer &rSvr )
             SFX_APP()->GetMacroConfig()->RegisterSlotId( nSlot );
 
         if ( pSlot->IsMode(SFX_SLOT_ASYNCHRON) )
-            //! ignoriert rSvr
+            //! ignore rSvr
         {
             SfxShell *pShell = GetShell( rSvr.GetShellLevel() );
             SfxDispatcher *pDispat = this;
@@ -2681,10 +2660,10 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::_Execute( const SfxSlotServer &rSvr )
         }
         else
         {
-            // Objekt ermitteln und Message an diesem Objekt aufrufen
+            // Determine the object and call the Message of this object
             SfxShell *pSh = GetShell(rSvr.GetShellLevel());
             SfxRequest aReq( pSlot->GetSlotId(), SFX_CALLMODE_RECORD, pSh->GetPool() );
-            if ( Call_Impl( *pSh, *pSlot, aReq, sal_True ) ) // von Bindings immer recorden
+            if ( Call_Impl( *pSh, *pSlot, aReq, sal_True ) ) // Bindings always recording
                 return aReq.GetReturnValue();
         }
     }
@@ -2789,12 +2768,11 @@ void SfxDispatcher::ExecutePopup( const ResId &rId, Window *pWin, const 
Point *p
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::Lock( sal_Bool bLock )
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode kann der SfxDispatcher gesperrt und freigegeben
-    werden. Ein gesperrter SfxDispatcher f"uhrt keine <SfxRequest>s mehr
-    aus und liefert keine Status-Informationen mehr. Er verh"alt sich
-    so als w"aren alle Slots disabled.
+    With this method the SfxDispatcher can be locked and released. A locked 
+    SfxDispatcher does not perform <SfxRequest>s and does no longer provide 
+    status information. It behaves as if all the slots were disabled.
 */
 
 {
@@ -2825,10 +2803,10 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxDispatcher::GetObjectBarId( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::ResetObjectBars_Impl()
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode werden alle Objectbar-Anforderungen, die dieser
-    Dispatcher an das AppWindow hat, beseitigt.
+    With this method all Objectbar requirements which this Dispatcher 
+    imposes on the AppWindow are eliminated.
 */
 {
     for (sal_uInt16 n=0; n<SFX_OBJECTBAR_MAX; n++)
@@ -2848,7 +2826,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::DebugOutput_Impl() const
     if (bFlushed)
         DBG_TRACE("Flushed");
     if (pImp->bUpdated)
-        DBG_TRACE("Updated");
+        DBG_TRACE("updated");
 
     for ( sal_uInt16 nShell = pImp->aStack.Count(); nShell > 0; --nShell )
     {
@@ -2873,8 +2851,8 @@ void SfxDispatcher::LockUI_Impl( sal_Bool bLock )
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::HideUI( sal_Bool bHide )
 {
-//     if ( !bHide && pImp->bReadOnly )
-//             bHide = sal_True;
+//      if ( !bHide && pImp->bReadOnly )
+//              bHide = sal_True;
     sal_Bool bWasHidden = pImp->bNoUI;
     pImp->bNoUI = bHide;
     if ( pImp->pFrame )
@@ -2905,7 +2883,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::HideUI( sal_Bool bHide )
 void SfxDispatcher::SetReadOnly_Impl( sal_Bool bOn )
 {
     pImp->bReadOnly = bOn;
-//     pImp->bNoUI = bOn;
+//      pImp->bNoUI = bOn;
 }
 
 sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::GetReadOnly_Impl() const
@@ -2916,10 +2894,10 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::GetReadOnly_Impl() const
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::SetQuietMode_Impl( sal_Bool bOn )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Bei 'bOn' stellt sich dieser Dispatcher quasi tot und leitet alles
-    an den Parent-Dispatcher weiter.
+    With 'bOn' the Dispatcher is quasi dead and transfers everything to the  
+    Parent-Dispatcher.
 */
 
 {
@@ -2932,9 +2910,9 @@ void SfxDispatcher::SetQuietMode_Impl( sal_Bool bOn )
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 void SfxDispatcher::SetModalMode_Impl( sal_Bool bOn )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Bei 'bOn' werden nur noch Slots des Parent-Dispatchers gefunden.
+    With 'Bon' only slots of the parent dispatcher are found.
 */
 
 {
@@ -3013,8 +2991,8 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsReadOnlyShell_Impl( sal_uInt16 nShell ) const
     return sal_True;
 }
 
-// Ein dirty trick, um an die Methoden der private base class von
-// SfxShellStack_Impl heranzukommen
+// A dirty trick, to get hold of the methods of the private base class 
+// SfxShellStack_Impl 
 class StackAccess_Impl : public SfxShellStack_Implarr_
 {};
 
@@ -3022,7 +3000,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::InsertShell_Impl( SfxShell& rShell, sal_uInt16 nPos )
 {
     Flush();
 
-    // Der cast geht, weil SfxShellStack_Impl keine eigenen member hat
+    // The cast is because SfxShellStack_Impl member has non of its own
     ((StackAccess_Impl*) (&pImp->aStack))->Insert( nPos, &rShell );
     rShell.SetDisableFlags( pImp->nDisableFlags );
     rShell.DoActivate_Impl(pImp->pFrame, sal_True);
@@ -3040,7 +3018,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::RemoveShell_Impl( SfxShell& rShell )
 {
     Flush();
 
-    // Der cast geht, weil SfxShellStack_Impl keine eigenen member hat
+    // The cast is because SfxShellStack_Impl member has non of its own
     StackAccess_Impl& rStack = *((StackAccess_Impl*) (&pImp->aStack));
     sal_uInt16 nCount = rStack.Count();
     for ( sal_uInt16 n=0; n<nCount; ++n )
@@ -3068,16 +3046,17 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsAllowed
     sal_uInt16 nSlot
 ) const
 /*
-    [Beschreibung]
-    Die Methode prueft, ob der Zugriff auf diese Schnittstelle erlaubt ist.
-    */
+    [Description]
+
+    The method checks whether the access is allowed on this interface.
+ */
 {
     if ( !pImp->pDisableList )
     {
         return sal_True;
     }
 
-    // BinSearch in der DisableListe
+    // BinSearch in the disable list
     SvUShorts& rList = *pImp->pDisableList;
     sal_uInt16 nCount = rList.Count();
     sal_uInt16 nLow = 0, nMid = 0, nHigh;
@@ -3087,7 +3066,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsAllowed
     while ( !bFound && nLow <= nHigh )
     {
         nMid = (nLow + nHigh) >> 1;
-        DBG_ASSERT( nMid < nCount, "bsearch ist buggy" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( nMid < nCount, "bsearch is buggy" );
 
         int nDiff = (int) nSlot - (int) rList[nMid];
         if ( nDiff < 0)
@@ -3107,7 +3086,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxDispatcher::IsAllowed
     }
 
 #ifdef _DEBUG
-    // Slot in der Liste gefunden ?
+    // Slot found in the List?
     sal_uInt16 nPos = bFound ? nMid : nLow;
 
     DBG_ASSERT( nPos <= nCount, "" );
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/macrconf.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/macrconf.cxx
index ad08518..2bb4d93 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/macrconf.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/macrconf.cxx
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ void SfxMacroConfig::Release_Impl()
 struct SfxMacroConfig_Impl
 {
     SfxMacroInfoArr_Impl    aArr;
-    sal_uInt32                                 nEventId;
-    sal_Bool                                   bWaitingForCallback;
+    sal_uInt32              nEventId;
+    sal_Bool                bWaitingForCallback;
 
                             SfxMacroConfig_Impl()
                             : nEventId( 0 )
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ SfxMacroInfo::SfxMacroInfo( const String& rURL ) :
         if ( aTmp.GetTokenCount('/') > 3 )
         {
             // 'macro:///lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via App-BASIC-Mgr
-            // 'macro://[docname|.]/lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via zugehoerigen Doc-BASIC-Mgr
+            // 'macro://[docname|.]/lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via included Doc-BASIC-Mgr
             if ( aTmp.CompareToAscii("///", 3 ) != COMPARE_EQUAL )
                 bAppBasic = FALSE;
             aTmp = rURL.GetToken( 3, '/' );
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ SfxMacroInfo::SfxMacroInfo(bool _bAppBasic, const String& rLibName,
 //==========================================================================
 
 SfxMacroInfo::SfxMacroInfo(bool _bAppBasic, const String& rQualifiedName )
-:      pHelpText(0),
+:       pHelpText(0),
     nRefCnt(0),
     bAppBasic(_bAppBasic),
     nSlotId(0),
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ SfxMacroInfo::~SfxMacroInfo()
 sal_Bool SfxMacroInfo::operator==(const SfxMacroInfo& rOther) const
 {
     if ( GetQualifiedName() == rOther.GetQualifiedName() &&
-            bAppBasic  == rOther.bAppBasic )
+            bAppBasic   == rOther.bAppBasic )
         return sal_True;
     else
         return sal_False;
@@ -299,14 +299,16 @@ String SfxMacroInfo::GetQualifiedName() const
         aMacroName += '.';
     }
 
-    // Wg. ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript kein Zerlegen des Strings mehr
+    // due to ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript 
+    // no more disassembly of the string
     aMacroName += aMethodName;
     return aMacroName;
 }
 
 String SfxMacroInfo::GetFullQualifiedName() const
 {
-    // Liefert nur Unsinn, wenn f"ur ein ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript aufgerufen !
+    // Returns only nonsense, when called for a 
+    // ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript !
     String aRet;
     if ( bAppBasic )
         aRet = SFX_APP()->GetName();
@@ -321,7 +323,7 @@ String SfxMacroInfo::GetURL() const
         return aMethodName;
 
     // 'macro:///lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via App-BASIC-Mgr
-    // 'macro://[docname|.]/lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via zugehoerigen Doc-BASIC-Mgr
+    // 'macro://[docname|.]/lib.mod.proc(args)' => Macro via included Doc-BASIC-Mgr
     // 'macro://obj.method(args)' => Object via App-BASIC-Mgr
     String aURL( String::CreateFromAscii("macro://") );
     if ( !bAppBasic )
@@ -436,17 +438,18 @@ SFX_EXEC_STUB( SfxApplication, MacroExec_Impl )
 
 sal_uInt16 SfxMacroConfig::GetSlotId(SfxMacroInfoPtr pInfo)
 {
-    sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->aArr.Count();     // Macro suchen
+    sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->aArr.Count();      // Search for Macro
     sal_uInt16 i;
     for (i=0; i<nCount; i++)
         if ((*(pImp->aArr)[i]) == (*pInfo))
             break;
 
     if (i == nCount)
-    {                                                                  // Macro noch unbekannt
+    {   
+        // Macro still unknown
         nCount = aIdArray.Count();
         sal_uInt16 n;
-        for (n=0; n<nCount; n++) // freie SlotId suchen
+        for (n=0; n<nCount; n++) // Seearch for free SlotId
             if (aIdArray[n] > SID_MACRO_START + n)
                 break;
 
@@ -479,7 +482,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxMacroConfig::GetSlotId(SfxMacroInfoPtr pInfo)
         else
             pNewSlot->pNextSlot = pNewSlot;
 
-        // Macro uebernehmen
+        // Take over Macro 
         SfxMacroInfoPtr pNewInfo = new SfxMacroInfo(*pInfo);
         pNewInfo->nSlotId = SID_MACRO_START + n;
         pImp->aArr.Insert(pNewInfo,n);
@@ -500,7 +503,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxMacroConfig::GetSlotId(SfxMacroInfoPtr pInfo)
 
 void SfxMacroConfig::ReleaseSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsMacroSlot( nId ), "SlotId ist kein Macro!");
+    DBG_ASSERT( IsMacroSlot( nId ), "SlotId is no Macro!");
 
     sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->aArr.Count();
     for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCount; i++)
@@ -511,23 +514,23 @@ void SfxMacroConfig::ReleaseSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
             pInfo->nRefCnt--;
             if (pInfo->nRefCnt == 0)
             {
-                // Slot wird nicht mehr referenziert, also holen
+                // Slot is no longer referenced, so get
                 SfxSlot *pSlot = pInfo->pSlot;
 
-                // Slot aus der Verkettung rausnehmen
+                // Take out Slot from the concatenation 
                 while (pSlot->pNextSlot != pInfo->pSlot)
                     pSlot = (SfxSlot*) pSlot->pNextSlot;
                 pSlot->pNextSlot = pInfo->pSlot->pNextSlot;
 
-                // Slot selbst kurz schlie\sen
+                // Slot close itself briefly
                 pSlot = pInfo->pSlot;
                 pSlot->pNextSlot = pSlot;
 
-                // MacroInfo aus Array entfernen, damit sie kein Unheil
-                // anrichten kann
+                // Remove Macro info from array so that it can not cause 
+                // any harm
                 pImp->aArr.Remove(i);
 
-                // SlotId wieder freigeben
+                // Release SlotId again
                 sal_uInt16 nIdCount = aIdArray.Count();
                 for (sal_uInt16 n=0; n<nIdCount; n++)
                 {
@@ -538,9 +541,9 @@ void SfxMacroConfig::ReleaseSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
                     }
                 }
 
-                // Sofern nicht die Applikation heruntergefahren wird, mu\s
-                // der Slot asynchron gel"oscht werden, falls er in seinem
-                // eigenen Execute abgeschossen wird!
+                // Unless the application is not shut down, then 
+                // the Slot has to be deleted asynchronously if cancelled in
+                // its own Execute!
                 if ( !SFX_APP()->Get_Impl()->bInQuit )
                     pImp->nEventId = Application::PostUserEvent( LINK(this, SfxMacroConfig, 
EventHdl_Impl), pInfo );
                 else
@@ -550,14 +553,14 @@ void SfxMacroConfig::ReleaseSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
         }
     }
 
-    DBG_ERROR("Macro-SlotId nicht gefunden!");
+    DBG_ERROR("Macro-SlotId is not found!");
 }
 
 //==========================================================================
 
 void SfxMacroConfig::RegisterSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( IsMacroSlot( nId ), "SlotId ist kein Macro!");
+    DBG_ASSERT( IsMacroSlot( nId ), "SlotId is no Macro!");
 
     sal_uInt16 nCount = pImp->aArr.Count();
     for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nCount; i++)
@@ -569,7 +572,7 @@ void SfxMacroConfig::RegisterSlotId(sal_uInt16 nId)
         }
     }
 
-    DBG_ERROR("Macro-SlotId nicht gefunden!");
+    DBG_ERROR("Macro-SlotId is not found!");
 }
 
 //==========================================================================
@@ -608,7 +611,7 @@ sal_Bool SfxMacroConfig::ExecuteMacro( sal_uInt16 nId, const String& rArgs ) con
     SvxMacro aMacro( pInfo->GetQualifiedName(), pInfo->GetBasicName(), STARBASIC );
     sal_Bool bRet = ExecuteMacro( pSh, &aMacro, rArgs );
 
-    // Release, da im Dispatcher-Execute ein Register gemacht wurde
+    // Release, because a register was created in the dispatcher Execute
     ((SfxMacroConfig*)this)->ReleaseSlotId( nId );
     return bRet;
 }
@@ -617,11 +620,11 @@ sal_Bool SfxMacroConfig::ExecuteMacro( SfxObjectShell *pSh, const SvxMacro* 
pMac
 {
     SfxApplication *pApp = SFX_APP();
 
-    // Name des Macros oder Scripts bzw. ScriptCode
+    // Name of the Macros or Scripts (ScriptCode)
     String aCode( pMacro->GetMacName() );
     ErrCode nErr = ERRCODE_NONE;
 
-    // Ist es ein Basic-Macro ?
+    // Is it a Basic-Macro ?
     ScriptType eSType = pMacro->GetScriptType();
     sal_Bool bIsBasic = eSType == STARBASIC;
     sal_Bool bIsStarScript = ( eSType == EXTENDED_STYPE && pMacro->GetLibName().SearchAscii( 
"StarScript" ) != STRING_NOTFOUND );
@@ -633,10 +636,10 @@ sal_Bool SfxMacroConfig::ExecuteMacro( SfxObjectShell *pSh, const SvxMacro* 
pMac
         BasicManager *pAppMgr = SFX_APP()->GetBasicManager();
         if( bIsBasic )
         {
-            // BasicManager von Document?
+            // BasicManager of the Document?
             BasicManager *pMgr = pSh ? pSh->GetBasicManager() : NULL;
 
-            // Da leider der Name zwischendurch h"aufig gewechselt hat ...
+            // As the name has unfortunately been changed often ...
             if( SFX_APP()->GetName() == pMacro->GetLibName() ||
                     pMacro->GetLibName().EqualsAscii("StarDesktop") )
                 pMgr = pAppMgr;
@@ -676,16 +679,16 @@ sal_Bool SfxMacroConfig::CheckMacro( SfxObjectShell *pSh, const SvxMacro* 
pMacro
 {
     SfxApplication *pApp = SFX_APP();
 
-    // Name des Macros oder Scripts bzw. ScriptCode
+    // Name of Macros or Scripts (ScriptCode)
     String aCode( pMacro->GetMacName() );
     ErrCode nErr = ERRCODE_NONE;
 
-    // BasicManager von Document oder Application
+    // BasicManager of Document or Application
     pApp->EnterBasicCall();
     BasicManager *pAppMgr = SFX_APP()->GetBasicManager();
     BasicManager *pMgr = pSh ? pSh->GetBasicManager() : NULL;
 
-    // Da leider der Name zwischendurch h"aufig gewechselt hat ...
+    // As the name has unfortunately been changed often ...
     if( SFX_APP()->GetName() == pMacro->GetLibName() ||
             pMacro->GetLibName().EqualsAscii("StarDesktop") )
         pMgr = pAppMgr;
@@ -706,14 +709,15 @@ sal_Bool SfxMacroConfig::CheckMacro( sal_uInt16 nId ) const
     if ( !pInfo )
         return sal_False;
 
-    // Basic nur initialisieren, wenn default nicht ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript; dann mu\s
-    // in IsBasic() sowieso das Basic angelegt werden
+    // only initialize Basic, when default is not 
+    // ::com::sun::star::script::JavaScript; then the Basic has to be created
+    // anyway in IsBasic()
     SfxObjectShell* pSh = SfxObjectShell::Current();
 
     SfxApplication *pApp = SFX_APP();
     pApp->EnterBasicCall();
 
-    // BasicManager von Document oder Application
+    // BasicManager of Document or Application
     BasicManager *pAppMgr = SFX_APP()->GetBasicManager();
     BasicManager *pMgr = pSh ? pSh->GetBasicManager() : NULL;
 
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/macro.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/macro.cxx
index 33eba4d..03efe61 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/macro.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/macro.cxx
@@ -46,89 +46,91 @@ SV_IMPL_PTRARR( SfxStatements_Impl, SfxMacroStatement* );
 
 struct SfxMacro_Impl
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Implementations-Struktur der Klasse <SfxMacro>.
+    Implementation structure for the <SfxMacro> class.
 */
 
 {
-    SfxMacroMode               eMode;  /*      Zweck der <SfxMacro>-Instanz,
-                                    Bedeutung siehe enum <SfxMacroMode> */
-    SfxStatements_Impl aList;  /*      Liste von aufgezeichneten Statements */
+    SfxMacroMode        eMode;  /* purpose of the <SfxMacro> instance,
+                                   for meaning see enum <SfxMacroMode> */
+    SfxStatements_Impl  aList;  /* List of recorded Statements */
 };
 
 //====================================================================
 
 SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 (
-    const SfxShell& /*rShell*/,                // <SfxShell>, die den Request ausf"uhrte
-    const String&      /*rTarget*/,    // Name des Zielobjektes vor der Ausf"urhung
-    BOOL                       /*bAbsolute*/,  // obsolet
-    const SfxSlot&     rSlot,                  // der <SfxSlot>, der das Statement abspielen kann
-    BOOL                       bRequestDone,   // wurde der Request tats"achlich ausgef"uhrt
+    const SfxShell& /*rShell*/,    // <SfxShell> which excexutes the Request
+    const String&   /*rTarget*/,   // Name of the target object for the 
+                                   // excecution
+    BOOL            /*bAbsolute*/, // obsolete
+    const SfxSlot&  rSlot,         // the <SfxSlot>, which can read the
+                                   // statement
+    BOOL            bRequestDone,  // Was the Request really excecuted
     ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence < ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValue >& rArgs
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
     Dieser Konstruktor der Klasse SfxMacroStatement erzeugt ein Statement,
     bei dem ein Objekt angesprochen wird, welches durch 'rShell' angegeben
     ist. Dabei erfolgt die Addressierung je nach 'bAbsolute' absolut,
     also z.B. als '[mydoc.sdc]' oder relativ, also z.B. 'ActiveDocument'.
 
-    Je nach Art der Subklasse von 'rShell' ergeben sich folgende
-    Ausdr"ucke:
+    This constructor of the SfxMacroStatement class generate a statement in 
+    which an object is brought up, which is given by 'rShell'. Thus It is 
+    addressing the ever after 'bAbsolute' absolute, for example, as '[mydoc.sdc]', or relative, 
that is 'active document'.
 
-                          | absolut                  relativ
+    Depending on the subclass of 'rShell', the following terms:
+
+                          | absolute                 relative
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-    SfxApplication'       | 'StarCalc'                         'Application'
+    SfxApplication'       | 'StarCalc'              'Application'
     SfxViewFrame'         | '[mydoc.sdc:1]'         'ActiveWindow'
     SfxViewShell'         | '[mydoc.sdc:1]'         'AvtiveWindow'
     SfxObjectShell'       | '[mydoc.sdc]'           'ActiveDocument'
-    sonstige (Sub-Shells) | '[mydoc.sdc:1]'                    'ActiveWindow'
+    sonstige (Sub-Shells) | '[mydoc.sdc:1]'         'ActiveWindow'
 
     Dabei sind 'StarCalc' stellvertretend fuer den Namen der Applikation
-    (Application::GetAppName()const). In der absoluten Fassung k"onnte
+    (Application::GetAppName()const). In der absoluten Fassung könnte
     die Selektion auch deskriptiv z.B. als 'CellSelection("A5-D8")')
     angesprochen werden, dazu mu\ jedoch vom Anwendungsprogrammierer der
     Konstruktor <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const String&,
     const SfxSlot&,BOOL,SfxArguments*)> verwendet werden.
 
-    F"ur das so bezeichnete Objekt wird dann je nach Typ des Slots
-    eine Zuweisung an eines seiner Properties oder der Aufruf einer seiner
-    Methoden ausgedr"uckt.
-
+    For the so-called object is then, depending on the type of slots,
+    expressed as an assignment to one of its properties or calling its methods. 
 
-    [Beispiele]
+    [Example]
 
-    absolut:
+    absolute:
     SCalc3.OpenDocument( "\docs\mydoc.sdd", "StarDraw Presentation", 0, 0 )
     [mydoc.sdd].Activate()
     [mydoc.sdd:1].SwitchToView( 2 )
     [mydoc.sdc:1:1].CellSelection( "A5-D8" ).LineColor = 192357
 
-    relativ:
+    relative:
     ActiveWindow.LineColor = 192357
 
-
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const String&,const SfxSlot&,BOOL,SfxArguments*)>
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const String&)>
 */
 
-:      nSlotId( rSlot.GetSlotId() ),
+:       nSlotId( rSlot.GetSlotId() ),
     aArgs( rArgs ),
     bDone( bRequestDone ),
     pDummy( 0 )
 {
-    // Workaround Recording nicht exportierter Slots (#25386#)
+    // Workaround Recording non exported Slots (#25386#)
     if ( !rSlot.pName )
         return;
 
     aStatement = DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE("Selection");
 
-    // an diesen Objekt-Ausdruck den Methoden-/Property-Namen und Parameter
+    // to these object expression  of the Method-/Property-Name and parameters
     GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl( SfxRequest::GetRecordingMacro(), rSlot, bRequestDone, aArgs);
 }
 
@@ -136,22 +138,22 @@ SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 
 SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 (
-    const String&   rTarget,           // Objekt, was beim Playing angesprochen wird
-    const SfxSlot&     rSlot,                  // der <SfxSlot>, der das Statement abspielen kann
-    BOOL                       bRequestDone,   // wurde der Request tats"achlich ausgef"uhrt
+    const String&   rTarget,  // The Object which is addressed while playing
+    const SfxSlot&  rSlot,    // The <SfxSlot>, which can playback the statement
+    BOOL            bRequestDone,  // was the Request actually performed
     ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence < ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValue >& rArgs
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const String&)>
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const SfxShell&,BOOL,const SfxSlot&,BOOL,SfxArguments*)>
 */
 
-:      nSlotId( rSlot.GetSlotId() ),
+:       nSlotId( rSlot.GetSlotId() ),
     aArgs( rArgs ),
     bDone( bRequestDone ),
     pDummy( 0 )
@@ -165,25 +167,24 @@ SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 
 SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 (
-    const String&   rStatement         // manuell erzeugte(s) Statement(s)
+    const String&   rStatement  // manually generated statement(s)
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Dieser Konstruktor erzeugt eine SfxMacroStatement-Instanz, deren
-    Aufbau vollst"andig vom Applikationsentwickler bestimmt wird. Da der
-    angegebene String auch mehrere mit CR/LF getrennte Statements
-    enthalten darf, ist damit ein weitgehender Eingriff in das Aufzeichnen
-    von BASIC-Makros m"oglich, um Spezialf"alle zu behandeln.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    This constructor creates a SfxMacroStatement instance, its structure is 
+    determined completely by the application developer. Because the specified 
+    string may contain several statements separated with CR/LF, which enables 
+    a extensive in the recording of BASIC-macros, in order to handle special 
+    cases.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const String&,const SfxSlot&,BOOL,SfxArguments*)>
     <SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement(const SfxShell&,BOOL,const SfxSlot&,BOOL,SfxArguments*)>
 */
 
-:      nSlotId( 0 ),
+:       nSlotId( 0 ),
        aStatement( rStatement ),
     bDone( TRUE ),
     pDummy( 0 )
@@ -194,15 +195,15 @@ SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 
 SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 (
-    const SfxMacroStatement&   rOrig // Original, von dem kopiert wird
+    const SfxMacroStatement&    rOrig // Original, from which it will be copied
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Copy-Konstruktor der SfxMacroStatement-Klasse.
+    Copy constructor of the sSfxMacroStatement class.
 */
 
-:      nSlotId( rOrig.nSlotId ),
+:       nSlotId( rOrig.nSlotId ),
     aStatement( rOrig.aStatement ),
        bDone( rOrig.bDone ),
     pDummy( 0 )
@@ -214,10 +215,10 @@ SfxMacroStatement::SfxMacroStatement
 
 SfxMacroStatement::~SfxMacroStatement()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Destruktor der Klasse SfxMacroStatement. Gibt die Liste der
-    aktuellen Parameter frei.
+    Destructor of the SfxMacroStatement class. Frees the list of the 
+    current parameters.
 */
 
 {
@@ -227,18 +228,17 @@ SfxMacroStatement::~SfxMacroStatement()
 
 void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
 (
-    SfxMacro*          /*pMacro*/,                     // darin wird aufgezeichnet
-    const SfxSlot&     rSlot,                  // der Slot, der das Statement abspielen kann
-    BOOL                       bRequestDone,   // TRUE=wurde ausgef"uhrt, FALSE=abgebrochen
+    SfxMacro*        /*pMacro*/,   // in this is recorded
+    const SfxSlot&   rSlot,        // the slot, which can playback the statement
+    BOOL             bRequestDone, // TRUE=was executed, FALSE=cancelled
     ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence < ::com::sun::star::beans::PropertyValue >& /*rArgs*/
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Interne Hilfsmethode zum generieren des Funktions-/Property-Names
-    sowie der Parameter. Diese Methode wird nur verwendet, wenn der
-    Anwendungsprogrammierer keinen eigenen Source an den <SfxRequest>
-    geh"angt hat.
+    Internal utility method for generating the functions-/property-names as 
+    well as the parameter. This method is only used if the application 
+    programmer has not attached his own source to the <SfxRequest>.
 */
 
 {
@@ -246,18 +246,18 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
          && rSlot.pName[0] != '.' )
         aStatement += '.';
 
-    // der Name des Slots ist der Name der Methode / des Properties
+    // The name of the slots is the name of the method or properties
     aStatement += String::CreateFromAscii(rSlot.pName);
     if ( rSlot.IsMode(SFX_SLOT_METHOD) )
         aStatement += DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE("( ");
     else
         aStatement += DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE(" = ");
 
-    // alle zusammengesuchten Parameter rausschreiben
+    // Print all required Parameters
     if ( aArgs.getLength() )
         for ( USHORT nArg = 0; nArg < aArgs.getLength(); ++nArg )
         {
-            // den Parameter textuell darstellen
+            // represent the parameters textually 
             String aArg;
             ::com::sun::star::uno::Any& rValue = aArgs[nArg].Value;
             ::com::sun::star::uno::Type pType = rValue.getValueType();
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
                 ::rtl::OUString sTemp;
                 rValue >>= sTemp;
 
-                // Anf"uhrungszeichen werden verdoppelt
+                // Quotation marks are doubled
                 XubString aRecordable( sTemp );
                 USHORT nPos = 0;
                 while ( TRUE )
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
                     nPos += 2;
                 }
 
-                // nicht druckbare Zeichen werden als chr$(...) geschrieben
+                // non-printable characters are written as chr $(...)
                 bool bPrevReplaced = false;
                 for ( USHORT n = 0; n < aRecordable.Len(); ++n )
                 {
                     sal_Unicode cChar = aRecordable.GetChar(n);
-                    if ( !( cChar>=32 && cChar!=127 ) ) // ALS ERSATZ FUER String::IsPrintable()!
+                    if ( !( cChar>=32 && cChar!=127 ) ) // As replacement for 
String::IsPrintable()!
                     {
                         XubString aReplacement( DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE("+chr$(") );
                         aReplacement += cChar;
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
                     else
                         bPrevReplaced = false;
 
-                    // Argument in Anf"uhrungszeichen
+                    // Argument in quotation marks
                     aArg = '"';
                     aArg += aRecordable;
                     aArg += '"';
@@ -337,12 +337,12 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
                     pType == ::getVoidCppuType(), "Unknown Type in recorder!" );
             }
 
-            // den Parameter anh"angen
+            // Attach the parameter
             aStatement += aArg;
             aStatement += DEFINE_CONST_UNICODE(", ");
         }
 
-    // Statement beeden
+    // End statement 
     if ( aArgs.getLength() )
         aStatement.Erase( aStatement.Len() - 2, 1 );
     else
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
         aStatement += ')';
 
     if ( !bRequestDone )
-        // nicht als "Done()" gekennzeichnete Statements auskommentieren
+        // not comment out the "Done ()" marked statements 
         aStatement.InsertAscii( "rem ", 0 );
 }
 
@@ -359,29 +359,28 @@ void SfxMacroStatement::GenerateNameAndArgs_Impl
 
 SfxMacro::SfxMacro
 (
-    SfxMacroMode       eMode           // Zweck der Instanz, siehe <SfxMacroMode>
+    SfxMacroMode  eMode  // Purpose of the instance, see <SfxMacroMode>
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Konstruktor der Klasse SfxMacro. Instanzen dieser Klasse werden im
-    SFx zu zwei Zwecken ben"otigt:
+    Constructor of the SfxMacro class. Instances of this class are required 
+    for two purposes in SFx:
 
-    1. zum Aufzeichnen von Makros
-    In diesem Fall wird der Konstruktor mit SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE
-    oder SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE aufgerufen. Es sollte sich um eine
-    Instanz einer abgeleiteten Klasse handeln, um in der Ableitung
-    die Information dar"uber unterzubringen, wo das Makro gespeichert
-    werden soll. Ein solches Makro solle sich dann in seinem Destruktor
-    an der vom Benutzer gew"ahlten Stelle speichern.
+    1. for recording macros
+    In this cas is th constructor called with SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE or 
+    SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE. Should be an instance of a derived class, 
+    in order to acommodate the derivation of information, where the macro 
+    should be saved. Such a macro should, in its destructor, be saved at the 
+    location specified by the user.
 
-    2. zum Zuordnen von exisitierenden Makros
-    In diesem Fall wird der Konstruktor mit SFX_MACRO_EXISTING aufgerufen.
-    Eine solche Instanz wird z.B. ben"otigt, wenn Makros auf Events
-    oder <SfxControllerItem>s konfiguriert werden sollen.
+    2. Assignment of exisiting macros
+    In this case the constructor is called with SFX_MACRO_EXISTING.
+    Such a instance is for example needed when macros are to be configured for
+    events or <SfxControllerItem>s.
 */
 
-:      pImp( new SfxMacro_Impl )
+:       pImp( new SfxMacro_Impl )
 
 {
     pImp->eMode = eMode;
@@ -391,15 +390,13 @@ SfxMacro::SfxMacro
 
 SfxMacro::~SfxMacro()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Virtueller Destruktor der Klasse SfxMacro. Dieser sollte in den
-    abgeleiteten Klassen "uberladen werden, um in den Modi
-    SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE und SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE den
-    aufgezeichneten Source abzuspeichern.
+    Virtual Destructor of the SfxMacro class. This should be overloaded in
+    the derived classes to save the recorded source in the mode
+    SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE and SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE.
 
-
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::GenerateSource()const>
 */
@@ -416,13 +413,12 @@ SfxMacro::~SfxMacro()
 
 SfxMacroMode SfxMacro::GetMode() const
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Liefert den Modus, der besagt zu welchem Zweck das SfxMacro konstruiert
-    wurde.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    Returns the mode, which indicates for what purpose this SfxMacro was 
+    constructed.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     enum <SfxMacroMode>
 */
@@ -435,21 +431,20 @@ SfxMacroMode SfxMacro::GetMode() const
 
 void SfxMacro::Record
 (
-    SfxMacroStatement* pStatement      // aufzuzeichnendes <SfxMacroStatement>
+    SfxMacroStatement*  pStatement  // the recordning <SfxMacroStatement>
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Diese Methode zeichnet das als Parameter "ubergeben Statement auf.
-    Die Instanz auf die der "ubergebe Pointer zeigt, geht in das Eigentum
-    des SfxMacro "uber.
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Aufruf ist nur g"ultig, wenn es sich um ein SfxMacro handelt,
-    welches mit SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE oder SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE
-    konstruiert wirde.
+    This method features the parameters passed on as a Statement. The 
+    instance to which the pointer points is transfered to the ownership 
+    of SfxMacro.
 
+    The call is only valid if it is about a SfxMacro, which was constructed 
+    with SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE or SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE and is 
+    available as an already recorded statement.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::Replace(SfxMacroStatement*)>
     <SfxMacro::Remove()>
@@ -465,35 +460,30 @@ void SfxMacro::Record
 
 void SfxMacro::Replace
 (
-    SfxMacroStatement* pStatement      // aufzuzeichnendes <SfxMacroStatement>
+    SfxMacroStatement*  pStatement  // the recording <SfxMacroStatement>
 )
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Diese Methode zeichnet das als Parameter "ubergeben Statement auf.
-    Dabei wird das jeweils zuletzt aufgezeichnete Statement "uberschrieben.
-    Die Instanz auf die der "ubergebe Pointer zeigt, geht in das Eigentum
-    des SfxMacro "uber.
+    This method records the statement passed on as a parameter. This will 
+    overwrite the last recorded statement. The instance to which the passed 
+    pointer points is transfered to the ownership of the SfxMacro.
 
-    Mit dieser Methode ist es m"oglich, Statements zusammenzufassen. Z.B.
-    anstelle f"unfmal hintereinander 'CursorLeft()' aufzurufen, k"onnte
-    das zu 'CursorLeft(5)' zusammengefa\st werden. Oder anstelle ein Wort
-    Buchstabe f"ur Buchstabe aufzubauen, k"onnte dies durch ein einziges
-    Statement 'InsertString("Hallo")' ersetzt werden.
+    With this method it is possible to combine statements. For example, instead
+    of calling the 'CursorLeft()' five times could be summarized as
+    'CursorLeft (5)'. Or rather than building a word letter by letter, this 
+    could be done by a single statement 'InsertString("Hello")'.
 
-    Der Aufruf ist nur g"ultig, wenn es sich um ein SfxMacro handelt,
-    welches mit SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE oder SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE
-    konstruiert wurde und bereits ein aufgezeichnetes Statement vorhanden
-    ist.
+    The call is only valid if it is about a SfxMacro, which was constructed 
+    with SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE or SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE and is 
+    available as an already recorded statement.
 
+    [Note]
 
-    [Anmerkung]
+    This method is typically called from the execute methods of 
+    <SfxSlot>s created by the application developers.
 
-    Diese Methode wird typischerweise aus den Execute-Methoden der
-    <SfxSlot>s von den Applikationsentwicklern gerufen.
-
-
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::Record(SfxMacroStatement*)>
     <SfxMacro::Remove()>
@@ -511,30 +501,26 @@ void SfxMacro::Replace
 
 void SfxMacro::Remove()
 
-/*     [Beschreibung]
-
-    Diese Methode l"oscht das zuletzt aufgezeichnete <SfxMacroStatement>
-    und entfernt es aus dem Macro.
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Mit dieser Methode ist es m"oglich, Statements zusammenzufassen. Z.B.
-    anstelle f"unfmal hintereinander 'CursorLeft()' aufzurufen, k"onnte
-    das zu 'CursorLeft(5)' zusammengefa\st werden. Oder anstelle ein Wort
-    Buchstabe f"ur Buchstabe aufzubauen, k"onnte dies durch ein einziges
-    Statement 'InsertString("Hallo")' ersetzt werden.
+    This method deletes the last recorded <SfxMacroStatement> and removes 
+    it from the macro.
 
-    Der Aufruf ist nur g"ultig, wenn es sich um ein SfxMacro handelt,
-    welches mit SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE oder SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE
-    konstruiert wurde und bereits ein aufgezeichnetes Statement vorhanden
-    ist.
+    With this method it is possible to combine statements. For example, instead
+    of calling the 'CursorLeft()' five times could be summarized as
+    'CursorLeft (5)'. Or rather than building a word letter by letter, this 
+    could be done by a single statement 'InsertString("Hello")'.
 
+    The call is only valid if it is about a SfxMacro, which was constructed 
+    with SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE or SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE and is 
+    available as an already recorded statement.
 
-    [Anmerkung]
+    [Note]
 
-    Diese Methode wird typischerweise aus den Execute-Methoden der
-    <SfxSlot>s von den Applikationsentwicklern gerufen.
+    This method is typically called from the the Execute methods of <SfxSlot>s
+    by the application developer.
 
-
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::Replace(SfxMacroStatement*)>
     <SfxMacro::Record(SfxMacroStatement*)>
@@ -551,19 +537,17 @@ void SfxMacro::Remove()
 
 const SfxMacroStatement* SfxMacro::GetLastStatement() const
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Mit dieser Methode kann auf das jeweils zuletzt aufgezeichnete Statement
-    lesend zugegriffen werden. Zusammen mit der Methode
-    <SfxMacro::Replace(SfxMacroStatement*)> ergibt sich dadurch die
-    M"oglichkeit, Statements zusammenzufassen.
+/*  [Description]
 
-    Der Aufruf ist nur g"ultig, wenn es sich um ein SfxMacro handelt,
-    welches mit SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE oder SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE
-    konstruiert wurde.
+    This method enables read access to the last recorded statement. 
+    Together with the method <SfxMacro::Replace(SfxMacroStatement*)> this opens
+    for the possibility to summarize statements.
 
+    The call is only valid if it is about a SfxMacro, which was constructed 
+    with SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGRELATIVE or SFX_MACRO_RECORDINGABSOLUTE and is 
+    available as an already recorded statement.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::Record(SfxMacroStatement*)>
     <SfxMacro::Replace(SfxMacroStatement*)>
@@ -580,15 +564,14 @@ const SfxMacroStatement* SfxMacro::GetLastStatement() const
 
 String SfxMacro::GenerateSource() const
 
-/*  [Beschreibung]
-
-    Diese Funktion generiert aus den, seit dem Konstruieren der Instanz
-    bis zum Zeitpunkt des Aufrufs dieser Methode aufgezeichneten
-    <SfxMacroStatement>s einen BASIC-Sourcecode, der die Statements,
-    jedoch nicht den Header ('Sub X') und den Footer ('End Sub') enth"alt.
+/*  [Description]
 
+    This function generates BASIC source code that contains the statements, but
+    does not contain the header ('Sub X') and Footer ('End Sub') from recorded 
+    <SfxMacroStatement> since the construction of the instance until the time 
+    of calling this method.
 
-    [Querverweise]
+    [Cross-reference]
 
     <SfxMacro::Record(SfxMacroStatement*)>
     <SfxMacro::Repeat(SfxMacroStatement*)>
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/makefile.mk b/sfx2/source/control/makefile.mk
index 8679758..4dc271c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/makefile.mk
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/makefile.mk
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ENABLE_EXCEPTIONS=TRUE
 .INCLUDE :  settings.mk
 .INCLUDE :  $(PRJ)$/util$/makefile.pmk
 
-# w.g. compilerbugs
+# due to compilerbugs
 .IF "$(GUI)"=="WNT"
 .IF "$(COM)"!="GCC"
 CFLAGS+=-Od
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/minfitem.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/minfitem.cxx
index 5075a0b..d607dc7 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/minfitem.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/minfitem.cxx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ TYPEINIT1(SfxMacroInfoItem, SfxPoolItem);
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 SfxMacroInfoItem::SfxMacroInfoItem(
-    USHORT nWhichId,           // Slot-ID
+    USHORT nWhichId,            // Slot-ID
     const BasicManager* pMgr,
     const String &rLibName,
     const String &rModuleName,
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ SfxMacroInfoItem::SfxMacroInfoItem(
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// copy ctor
+// copy constructor
 
 SfxMacroInfoItem::SfxMacroInfoItem(const SfxMacroInfoItem& rCopy):
     SfxPoolItem(rCopy),
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/msgpool.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/msgpool.cxx
index a18341e..4240e3c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/msgpool.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/msgpool.cxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 #include <tools/stream.hxx>
 #include <rsc/rscsfx.hxx>
 
-// wg. pSlotPool
+// due to pSlotPool
 #include "appdata.hxx"
 #include <sfx2/msgpool.hxx>
 #include <sfx2/minarray.hxx>
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ SfxSlotPool::~SfxSlotPool()
 }
 
 //====================================================================
-
 // registers the availability of the Interface of functions
 
 void SfxSlotPool::RegisterInterface( SfxInterface& rInterface )
@@ -110,8 +109,8 @@ void SfxSlotPool::RegisterInterface( SfxInterface& rInterface )
         _pInterfaces = new SfxInterfaceArr_Impl;
     _pInterfaces->Append(&rInterface);
 
-    // bei einem (einzelnen) Null-Slot abbrechen (aus syntaktischen Gr"unden
-    // enthalten interfaces immer mindestens einen Slot)
+    // Stop at a (single) Null-slot (for syntactic reasons the interfaces 
+    // always contain at least one slot)
     if ( rInterface.Count() == 1 && !rInterface[0]->nSlotId )
         return;
 
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ void SfxSlotPool::RegisterInterface( SfxInterface& rInterface )
 
         if ( _pParentPool )
         {
-            // Die Groups im parent Slotpool sind auch hier bekannt
+            // The Groups in parent Slotpool are also known here
             SfxSlotGroupArr_Impl& rGroups = *_pParentPool->_pGroups;
             for ( USHORT n=0; n<rGroups.Count(); n++ )
                 _pGroups->Append( rGroups[n] );
@@ -162,7 +161,6 @@ TypeId SfxSlotPool::GetSlotType( USHORT nId ) const
 }
 
 //====================================================================
-
 // unregisters the availability of the Interface of functions
 
 void SfxSlotPool::ReleaseInterface( SfxInterface& rInterface )
@@ -182,7 +180,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::GetSlot( USHORT nId )
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( _pInterfaces != 0, "no Interfaces registered" );
 
-    // Zun"achst die eigenen Interfaces absuchen
+    // First, search their own interfaces
     for ( USHORT nInterf = 0; nInterf < _pInterfaces->Count(); ++nInterf )
     {
         const SfxSlot *pDef = _pInterfaces->GetObject(nInterf)->GetSlot(nId);
@@ -190,7 +188,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::GetSlot( USHORT nId )
             return pDef;
     }
 
-    // Dann beim eventuell vorhandenen parent versuchen
+    // Then try any of the possible existing parent
     return _pParentPool ? _pParentPool->GetSlot( nId ) : 0;
 }
 
@@ -209,15 +207,14 @@ String SfxSlotPool::SeekGroup( USHORT nNo )
         _nCurGroup = nNo;
         if ( _pParentPool )
         {
-            // Meistens stimmt die Reihenfolge der Ids "uberein
+            // In most cases, the order of the IDs agree
             USHORT nParentCount = _pParentPool->_pGroups->Count();
             if ( nNo < nParentCount && (*_pGroups)[nNo] == (*_pParentPool->_pGroups)[nNo] )
                 _pParentPool->_nCurGroup = nNo;
             else
             {
-                // Ansonsten mu\s gesucht werden
-                // Wenn die Gruppe im parent pool nicht gefunden wird, wird
-                // _nCurGroup au\serhalb des g"ultigen Bereiches gesetzt
+                // Otherwise search. If the group is not found in the parent 
+                // pool, _nCurGroup is set outside the valid range
                 USHORT i;
                 for ( i=1; i<nParentCount; i++ )
                     if ( (*_pGroups)[nNo] == (*_pParentPool->_pGroups)[i] )
@@ -230,7 +227,7 @@ String SfxSlotPool::SeekGroup( USHORT nNo )
         aResId.SetRT(RSC_STRING);
         if ( !aResId.GetResMgr()->IsAvailable(aResId) )
         {
-            DBG_ERROR( "GroupId-Name nicht im SFX definiert!" );
+            DBG_ERROR( "GroupId-Name not defined in SFX!" );
             return String();
         }
 
@@ -258,18 +255,18 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::SeekSlot( USHORT nStartInterface )
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( _pInterfaces != 0, "no Interfaces registered" );
 
-    // Die Numerierung der interfaces startet beim parent pool
+    // The numbering starts at the interfaces of the parent pool
     USHORT nFirstInterface = _pParentPool ? _pParentPool->_pInterfaces->Count() : 0;
 
-    // sind wir am Ende des Parent-Pools angekommen?
+    // have reached the end of the Parent-Pools?
     if ( nStartInterface < nFirstInterface &&
          _pParentPool->_nCurGroup >= _pParentPool->_pGroups->Count() )
         nStartInterface = nFirstInterface;
 
-    // liegt das Interface noch im Parent-Pool?
+    // Is the Interface still in the Parent-Pool?
     if ( nStartInterface < nFirstInterface )
     {
-        DBG_ASSERT( _pParentPool, "Kein parent pool!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( _pParentPool, "No parent pool!" );
         _nCurInterface = nStartInterface;
         return _pParentPool->SeekSlot( nStartInterface );
     }
@@ -295,7 +292,6 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::SeekSlot( USHORT nStartInterface )
 }
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
 // skips to the next func in the current group
 
 const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::NextSlot()
@@ -303,7 +299,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::NextSlot()
     DBG_MEMTEST();
     DBG_ASSERT( _pInterfaces != 0, "no Interfaces registered" );
 
-    // Die Numerierung der interfaces startet beim parent pool
+    // The numbering starts at the interfaces of the parent pool
     USHORT nFirstInterface = _pParentPool ? _pParentPool->_pInterfaces->Count() : 0;
 
     if ( _nCurInterface < nFirstInterface && _nCurGroup >= _pParentPool->_pGroups->Count() )
@@ -311,13 +307,13 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::NextSlot()
 
     if ( _nCurInterface < nFirstInterface )
     {
-        DBG_ASSERT( _pParentPool, "Kein parent pool!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( _pParentPool, "No parent pool!" );
         const SfxSlot *pSlot = _pParentPool->NextSlot();
         _nCurInterface = _pParentPool->_nCurInterface;
         if ( pSlot )
             return pSlot;
         if ( _nCurInterface == nFirstInterface )
-            // parent pool ist fertig
+            // parent pool is ready
             return SeekSlot( nFirstInterface );
     }
 
@@ -340,9 +336,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxSlotPool::NextSlot()
 
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// SlotName erfragen, gfs. mit HilfeText
-
+// Query SlotName with help text
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 SfxInterface* SfxSlotPool::FirstInterface()
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/objface.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/objface.cxx
index 9aa0ebe..16a6f48 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/objface.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/objface.cxx
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ SfxCompareSlots_Impl( const void* pSmaller, const void* pBigger )
 
 struct SfxObjectUI_Impl
 {
-    USHORT     nPos;
-    ResId      aResId;
-    BOOL       bVisible;
-    BOOL       bContext;
+    USHORT      nPos;
+    ResId       aResId;
+    BOOL        bVisible;
+    BOOL        bContext;
     String* pName;
-    sal_uInt32 nFeature;
+    sal_uInt32  nFeature;
 
     SfxObjectUI_Impl(USHORT n, const ResId& rResId, BOOL bVis, sal_uInt32 nFeat) :
         nPos(n),
@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ DECL_PTRARRAY(SfxObjectUIArr_Impl, SfxObjectUI_Impl*, 2, 2)
 
 struct SfxInterface_Impl
 {
-    SfxObjectUIArr_Impl*       pObjectBars;    // registered ObjectBars
-    SfxObjectUIArr_Impl*       pChildWindows;  // registered ChildWindows
-    ResId                                      aPopupRes;              // registered PopupMenu
-    ResId                                      aStatBarRes;    // registered StatusBar
-    SfxModule*                         pModule;
-    BOOL                    bRegistered;
+    SfxObjectUIArr_Impl*  pObjectBars;    // registered ObjectBars
+    SfxObjectUIArr_Impl*  pChildWindows;  // registered ChildWindows
+    ResId                 aPopupRes;      // registered PopupMenu
+    ResId                 aStatBarRes;    // registered StatusBar
+    SfxModule*            pModule;
+    BOOL                  bRegistered;
 
     SfxInterface_Impl() :
         aPopupRes(0,*SfxApplication::GetOrCreate()->GetSfxResManager()),
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ static SfxObjectUI_Impl* CreateObjectBarUI_Impl( USHORT nPos, const ResId& rResI
 //====================================================================
 
 //====================================================================
-// ctor, registeres a new unit
+// constuctor, registeres a new unit
 
 SfxInterface::SfxInterface( const char *pClassName,
                             const ResId& rNameResId,
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
                         pIter->GetSlotId() != (pIter+1)->GetSlotId(),
                         "doppelte SID" );
 
-            // jeder Master verweist auf seinen ersten Slave (ENUM), alle
-            // Slaves auf ihren Master.
-            // Slaves verweisen im Ring auf die anderen mit gleichem Master
+            // every master refers to his first slave (ENUM), 
+            // all slaves refer to their master.
+            // Slaves refer in a circle to the other slaves with the same master
             if ( pIter->GetKind() == SFX_KIND_ENUM )
             {
                 pIter->pLinkedSlot = GetSlot( pIter->nMasterSlotId );
@@ -209,7 +209,8 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
             }
             else if ( 0 == pIter->GetNextSlot() )
             {
-                // Slots verweisen im Ring auf den n"achten mit derselben Statusmethode
+                // Slots refering in circle to the next with the same 
+                // Status method.
                 SfxSlot *pLastSlot = pIter;
                 for ( USHORT n = nIter; n < Count(); ++n )
                 {
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
         {
 
             if ( pNext->GetSlotId() <= pIter->GetSlotId() )
-                DBG_ERROR ("Falsche Reihenfolge!");
+                DBG_ERROR ("Wrong order!");
 
             if ( pIter->GetKind() == SFX_KIND_ENUM )
             {
@@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
                 {
                     if ( pSlave->pLinkedSlot != pMasterSlot )
                     {
-                        ByteString aStr("Falsche Master/Slave-Verkettung : ");
+                        ByteString aStr("Wrong Master/Slave- link: ");
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pMasterSlot->GetSlotId());
                         aStr += " , ";
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pSlave->GetSlotId());
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
 
                     if ( pSlave->nMasterSlotId != pMasterSlot->GetSlotId() )
                     {
-                        ByteString aStr("Falsche Master/Slave-Ids : ");
+                        ByteString aStr("Wrong Master/Slave-Ids: ");
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pMasterSlot->GetSlotId());
                         aStr += " , ";
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pSlave->GetSlotId());
@@ -269,7 +270,7 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
                 {
                     if ( pIter->pLinkedSlot->GetKind() != SFX_KIND_ENUM )
                     {
-                        ByteString aStr("Slave ist kein enum : ");
+                        ByteString aStr("Slave is no enum: ");
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pIter->GetSlotId());
                         aStr += " , ";
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pIter->pLinkedSlot->GetSlotId());
@@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
                     pCurSlot = pCurSlot->pNextSlot;
                     if ( pCurSlot->GetStateFnc() != pIter->GetStateFnc() )
                     {
-                        ByteString aStr("Verkettete Slots mit verschiedenen StateMethods : ");
+                        ByteString aStr("Linked Slots with different State Methods : ");
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pCurSlot->GetSlotId());
                         aStr += " , ";
                         aStr += ByteString::CreateFromInt32(pIter->GetSlotId());
@@ -299,11 +300,8 @@ void SfxInterface::SetSlotMap( SfxSlot& rSlotMap, USHORT nSlotCount )
 #endif
 }
 
-
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-
-
 SfxInterface::~SfxInterface()
 {
     SfxModule *pMod = pImpData->pModule;
@@ -323,7 +321,6 @@ SfxInterface::~SfxInterface()
 
 // searches for the specified func
 
-
 const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetSlot( USHORT nFuncId ) const
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -359,7 +356,6 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetSlot( const String& rCommand ) const
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-
 const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetRealSlot( const SfxSlot *pSlot ) const
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -370,7 +366,7 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetRealSlot( const SfxSlot *pSlot ) const
     {
         if(pGenoType)
             return pGenoType->GetRealSlot(pSlot);
-        DBG_ERROR("fremder Slot");
+        DBG_ERROR("unknown Slot");
         return 0;
     }
 
@@ -379,7 +375,6 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetRealSlot( const SfxSlot *pSlot ) const
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-
 const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetRealSlot( USHORT nSlotId ) const
 {
     DBG_MEMTEST();
@@ -400,7 +395,6 @@ const SfxSlot* SfxInterface::GetRealSlot( USHORT nSlotId ) const
 
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-
 void SfxInterface::RegisterPopupMenu( const ResId& rResId )
 {
     DBG_CHKTHIS(SfxInterface, 0);
@@ -453,10 +447,10 @@ const ResId& SfxInterface::GetObjectBarResId( USHORT nNo ) const
     BOOL bGenoType = (pGenoType != 0 && !pGenoType->HasName());
     if ( bGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es Toolbars in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there toolbars in the super class?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetObjectBarCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetObjectBarResId( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -464,7 +458,7 @@ const ResId& SfxInterface::GetObjectBarResId( USHORT nNo ) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nObjBarCount = pImpData->pObjectBars->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar is unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pObjectBars)[nNo]->aResId;
 }
@@ -477,10 +471,10 @@ USHORT SfxInterface::GetObjectBarPos( USHORT nNo ) const
     BOOL bGenoType = (pGenoType != 0 && !pGenoType->HasName());
     if ( bGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es Toolbars in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there toolbars in the super class?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetObjectBarCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetObjectBarPos( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -488,7 +482,7 @@ USHORT SfxInterface::GetObjectBarPos( USHORT nNo ) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nObjBarCount = pImpData->pObjectBars->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar is unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pObjectBars)[nNo]->nPos;
 }
@@ -527,10 +521,10 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetChildWindowId (USHORT nNo) const
 {
     if ( pGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es ChildWindows in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there ChildWindows in der Superklasse?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetChildWindowCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetChildWindowId( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -538,7 +532,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetChildWindowId (USHORT nNo) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nCWCount = pImpData->pChildWindows->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nCWCount,"ChildWindow ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nCWCount,"ChildWindow is unknown!" );
 #endif
     sal_uInt32 nRet = (*pImpData->pChildWindows)[nNo]->aResId.GetId();
     if ( (*pImpData->pChildWindows)[nNo]->bContext )
@@ -550,10 +544,10 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetChildWindowFeature (USHORT nNo) const
 {
     if ( pGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es ChildWindows in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there ChildWindows in der Superklasse?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetChildWindowCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetChildWindowFeature( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -561,7 +555,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetChildWindowFeature (USHORT nNo) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nCWCount = pImpData->pChildWindows->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nCWCount,"ChildWindow ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nCWCount,"ChildWindow is unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pChildWindows)[nNo]->nFeature;
 }
@@ -599,10 +593,10 @@ const String* SfxInterface::GetObjectBarName ( USHORT nNo ) const
     BOOL bGenoType = (pGenoType != 0 && !pGenoType->HasName());
     if ( bGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es Toolbars in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there toolbars in the super class?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetObjectBarCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetObjectBarName( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -610,7 +604,7 @@ const String* SfxInterface::GetObjectBarName ( USHORT nNo ) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nObjBarCount = pImpData->pObjectBars->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar is unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pObjectBars)[nNo]->pName;
 }
@@ -620,10 +614,10 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetObjectBarFeature ( USHORT nNo ) const
     BOOL bGenoType = (pGenoType != 0 && !pGenoType->HasName());
     if ( bGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es Toolbars in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there toolbars in the super class?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetObjectBarCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->GetObjectBarFeature( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -631,7 +625,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SfxInterface::GetObjectBarFeature ( USHORT nNo ) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nObjBarCount = pImpData->pObjectBars->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pObjectBars)[nNo]->nFeature;
 }
@@ -641,10 +635,10 @@ BOOL SfxInterface::IsObjectBarVisible(USHORT nNo) const
     BOOL bGenoType = (pGenoType != 0 && !pGenoType->HasName());
     if ( bGenoType )
     {
-        // Gibt es Toolbars in der Superklasse ?
+        // Are there toolbars in the super class?
         USHORT nBaseCount = pGenoType->GetObjectBarCount();
         if ( nNo < nBaseCount )
-            // Die der Superklasse kommen zuerst
+            // The Super class comes first
             return pGenoType->IsObjectBarVisible( nNo );
         else
             nNo = nNo - nBaseCount;
@@ -652,7 +646,7 @@ BOOL SfxInterface::IsObjectBarVisible(USHORT nNo) const
 
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
     USHORT nObjBarCount = pImpData->pObjectBars->Count();
-    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar ist unbekannt!" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( nNo<nObjBarCount,"Objectbar is unknown!" );
 #endif
     return (*pImpData->pObjectBars)[nNo]->bVisible;
 }
@@ -662,17 +656,17 @@ const SfxInterface* SfxInterface::GetRealInterfaceForSlot( const SfxSlot 
*pRealS
     DBG_ASSERT( pImpData->bRegistered, "Interface not registered!" );
     const SfxInterface* pInterface = this;
 
-    // Der Slot k"onnte auch aus dem Interface einer Shell-Basisklasse stammen
+    // The slot could also originate from the interface of a shell base class.
     do
     {
         const SfxSlot *pLastSlot  = (*pInterface)[pInterface->Count()-1];
         const SfxSlot *pFirstSlot = (*pInterface)[0];
 
-        // Ist pInterface der Owner von pRealSlot ?
+        // Is pInterface the Owner of pRealSlot ?
         if ( pFirstSlot <= pRealSlot && pRealSlot <= pLastSlot )
             break;
 
-        // Sonst Interface der Superklasse probieren
+        // Otherwise try the Interface of Super class
         pInterface = pInterface->pGenoType;
     }
     while ( pInterface );
@@ -680,6 +674,4 @@ const SfxInterface* SfxInterface::GetRealInterfaceForSlot( const SfxSlot *pRealS
     return pInterface;
 }
 
-
-
 /* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */

Context


Privacy Policy | Impressum (Legal Info) | Copyright information: Unless otherwise specified, all text and images on this website are licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. This does not include the source code of LibreOffice, which is licensed under the Mozilla Public License (MPLv2). "LibreOffice" and "The Document Foundation" are registered trademarks of their corresponding registered owners or are in actual use as trademarks in one or more countries. Their respective logos and icons are also subject to international copyright laws. Use thereof is explained in our trademark policy.